FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of...

57
· ARCHIVES SERiAL i Short loans CoUectioll The University ot Newcastle FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK CALENDAR 1991 VOLUME 7

Transcript of FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of...

Page 1: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

· ARCHIVES SERiAL

i

Short loans CoUectioll NOTFOR~QAN

The University ot Newcastle

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK

CALENDAR 1991 VOLUME 7

Page 2: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

The University ofNewcasUe Calendar consists of the following volumes:

Volume 1

Volume 2

Volume 3

Volume 4

VolumeS

Volume 6

Volume 7

Volume 8

Volume 9

Volume 10

Volume 11

Legislation

University Bodies and Staff

Faculty of Architecture Handbook

Faculty of Arts Handbook

Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook

Faculty of Education Handbook

Faculty of Engineering Handbook

Faculty of Medicine Handbook

Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook

Administration & Technology, Education. Health and Visual & Performing Arts Handbook

Faculty of Music Handbook

Also available are the Undergraduate Guides

This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering.

The colour band, Lapis Lazuli BCC ISO, on the cover is the lining colour of the bood of Bachelors of Engineering oflhis University.

The information in this Handbook is correct as at 13 September 1990.

ISBN 0159 - 3455

Recommended Price: Five dollars plus postage.

TIlE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTI..E New South Wales

Location Address: Rankin Drive, ShortJand

Postal Address: The University of Newcastle NSW2308

Telepbone: (049 )215000

Telex.: AA28194-Librmy

AA28618 - Bursar

AA28784 - WNRA (The University of Newcastle Research Associates Limited)

Facsimile: (049) 601661

Hours of Business: Mondays to Fridays excepting public holidays 9 am to 5 pm

Designed by: Marie-T Wisniowski

Typeset by: The Secretariat Division, The University of Ne",castle

Printed by: Newcastle Camera Print, Arnott Street, Newcasde West

Page 3: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

THE DEAN'S FOREWORD

On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering, I wish to extend a welcome to all students, those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies.

Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering. Computer Science or Surveying. you are embarking on a professional career which is both challenging and stimulating. We are living in an age which is witnessing a tremendous growth in scientific and technological development and which is having a marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. The future of our society is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex technological problems. While these problems will be many and varied, none will be more important than those associated with food production, the development of alternative forms of energy and the preseIVation of ourliving environment. Graduatesin the various disciplines of Engineering and of Computer Science and Surveying, will, in their own way, contribute to the solution of these and other important problems.

The role of universities in modern society has broadened. Not onlyisitnecessarytopresetVetheidealsofleamingandassociated fundamental research, it has become of equal importance for universities to become directly involved in the application of research to the solution of problems associated with industry and the community. Forthis reason. the role of auniversity engineering faculty in applied and industrially orientaled research is an important one. In this respect it is noteworthy that this Faculty of Engineering, through its research and associated projects undertaken on behalf of Australian indUStry, is making a major contribution and has attained national and international prominence. The interaction between the research and teaching fUnctions is invaluable to the the maintenance of standards and the professional relevance of course, curricula.

I The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience is embodied in the very concept of the university system. The University environment, with its excellent campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an opportunity for obtaining a broad experience, indeed a unique experience in one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you to takefull advantageofthe opportunities available to you and, where time permits, take an active interest in the various facets of University life. I would also encourage you to take part in the decision-making processes of the Faculty, either through membership of the Faculty and Departmental Boards, or by supporting the students elected to those positions.

The staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work both interesting and enjoyable; they are anxious to help you with any problems you may have. We would be most gratefulfor any feedback of a constructive nature that you may wish to offer.

In conclusion, I wish you well in your studies at this University. There is no doubt that acourse leading to a degree in Engineering, ComputerScienceorSurveying,requiresagreatdealofdedication and perseverance, but the task is certainly a rewarding one.

ALAN W. ROBERTS

Dean

Page 4: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION ONE

SECTION TWO

SECTION THREE

SECTION FOUR

SECTION FIVE

SECTIONSIX

CONTENTS

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

FACULTY STAFF

FACULTY INFORMATION

BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

FACULTY POLICIES

General Course Rules and Information Progress and Performance Other Faculty Policies

BACHELOR DEGREE COURSE PROGRAMS

Guide to Attendance Patterns Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Computer Science Computer Science Honours Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Mechanical Engineering Surveying

POSTGRADUATE DEGREE AND DIPLOMA REGULATIONS

SECTION SEVEN POSTGRADUATE COURSEWORK PROGRAMS

Diploma in Computer Science Diploma in Computing Diploma in Surveying Master of Computing Master of Engineering Science

SECTION EIGHT SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Chemical Engineering Subjects (CHEE) Chemistry Subjects (CHEM) Civil Engineering SUbjects (CIVL) Commerce Subjects (COMM) Computer Science Subjects (COMP) Economics Subjects (ECON) Electriv.al & Computer Engineering SUbjects (ELEe & COMP) Infonn'ation Science (INFO) Law Subjects (LAW)

. Management Subjects (MNGT) Mathematics SUbjects (MATH) Mechanical Engineering Subjects (MECH) Philosophy Subjects (PHIT.) Physics Subjects (pHYS) Psychology Subjects(pSYC) Statistics Subjects (STAT) Swveying Subjects (SURV)

1

6

11

16

16 18 21

24

24

26 28 30 32 34 35 37 40 42

45

54

54 55 55 56 56

57

59 63 64 67 67 70 71 74 75 76 77 78 84 85 86 86 86

SECTION NINE

SECTION TEN

CONTENTS

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Department of Chemical Engineering (CHEE) Department of Civil Engineering and Swveying (CIVL and SUR V) Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science (COMP and ELEc) Department of Mechanical Engineering (MEeR) Other Departments of the University (various codes)

GENERAL INFORMATION

PRINCIPAL DATES 1991 (including Medicine) Advice and Information Faculty/School Seaetaries Accommodation Officer Careers and Student Employment Officer Counselling Service Health Service Student Loans Students with Special Needs Enrolment and Re-enrolment Student CondUct and Responsibilities

EXAMINATIONS Examination Periods Sitting for Examinations Rules for Formal Examinations Examination Results Special Consideration

TRANSCRIPTS OF ACADEMIC RECORD UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS - REGULATIONS CHARGES

Method of Payment Higher Education Contribution Scbeme (HECS) Scholarship Holders and Sponsored Students

Loans Refund of Charges

CAMPUS TRAFFIC AND PARKING STUDENT SERVICES

Banking Cashier Chaplaincy Service Community Programmes Convocation Co-Op Bookshop Lost Property Noticeboards Post Office Public Transport Student Insurance Cover University Computing Services University Libraries

89

90 91 93 95 97

located in centre section

Ii ii ii ii ii ii ii

iii iii iv v v

v v

v v

vi VI vii vii vii viii viii viii viii viii viii

ix ix ix ix ix ix ix ix ix ix x xi

Page 5: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

I

SECTION ONE

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS VIce-Chancellor and Principal Professor K,J. Morgan, BSc. MA, DPhil(Oxf)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic) Professor M.P. Carter, BA(Nott), PhD(Edin)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Administration) L.F. Hennessy, BA(Syd)

Deputy VIce-Chancellor (planning) n.R. Huxley, BA, LiltB(NE), MA, PhD

Pro Vice-Chancellor and Dean of Students Professor K.R. Dutton, MA(Syd), DU(paris). Officiec de.~ Palmes academiques, FACE

Pro Vice-Chancellor (Development) L.R. Eastcott. MEd(Syd), PhD(Alberta). BA, DipEd

Deputy President of Academic Senate Professor R.I. MacDonald. BSe, PhD{NSW), FAIP

Dean for Research Professor G.M. Kellerman, AD, MR, BS, MSc(Syd). FAACB, FRACP, FRCPA

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING STAFF

Dean Professor A.W. Roberts, BE, PhD(NSW), ASTC, FlEAust, MIMochE. MIlE, FrS

Deputy Dean Professor OJ. Jameson, BSc(NSW), PhD(Camb), ASTC, CEng. MIChemE

Sub Deans A.I. Chambers, BE(NSW). ME. PhD(Stan), MIEAust W.G. Field, BE(NSW), PhD, ASTC

FacuUy Technical Manager R.W. Goodhew, BE(NSW), ASTC, MIEAust

Dean's Omce Staff A. Robolham I. Sherwood

Faculty Secretary G.D. Gordon, BA

Faculty Administrative Assistant J. Norbum, BA

Faculty Office Staff S. Pendlebury

Page 6: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfIONONE .gQL~~~ ________________________________________________________________ ~FA~C~UL~TlY~S~T~AFF~

FACULTY STAFF SECTION ONE

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Professor OJ. Jameson, BSc(NSW). PhD(Camb), ASTC, CBng, FIChemE, FlEAust, FRACI (Professor of Chemical Engineering)

Associate Professors T.F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(ChemEng), FlEAust, FlnstF, FAIE, MCombI. MIChemE, ARAC! (Head of Department) RlI. Weiland. MASc, PhD(Toronto), MAIO:aE, MFPSoc, MFSoc

Senior Lecturer J. Roberts, BSc(NSW). ME, ASTC, ARACI, MA WW A

Lecturers N. Ahmed, BSc(Eng)(B'desh Engin), PhD, MSME G.E. Evans, BE, GradIChemE I.A. Lucas, BSe, BE, MCombI S.A. Manning, BE, GradlChemE A.G. Tate, BE. MCombI, MGradIChemE E.A. Walpole, BSc(NSW), ASTC. eEngt MIChemE, ARACI

Senior Researdl Fellows R.P. Gupta, BTech(Kharagpur). MTech(IIT Dellii), PhD I.S. Truelove. BSc, PhD(Syd), FlnstF, MCombI

Professional Omcers 1.0. Bailey, BSe, DipEd, MCombI, MICCP I.B. Waanders, BE, MEngSc, MIEAust, GradIChemE

Technical Officers R.B.O'Ombrain T.R. Farrugia, BSe

Laboratory Assistant BE. Middlebrook

Senior Laboratory Craftsman 1.L Richards

Laboratory Craftsmen RJ.Adams C. Croese

Research Officer CJ. Conway, BE

Departmental Omce SlatT O.B. Hensman M.Hughes

Honorary Professor J. MeC.Stewart, AM, ME(Q'ld), SM(MIT), CEng, MIChemE, FlnstF, MAuslMM, MCombI, FlEAust

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING

Professor RE. Melehers, BE, MEngSc(Monash), PhD(Camb), DipEd(Monash), MICE, FIEAust (professor of Civil Engineering)

Associate Professors 1.0. Fryer, BSurv, PhD(NSW), FISAust (Head of Department) A.W. Page, BE(NSW), PhD, ASTC, MIE Aust

Senior Lecturers M.H. Elfick, DipSurvSe, DipT&CP(Syd), LS, FISAusl W.O. Field, BE(NSW), PhD, ASTC B.S. Hear.on, BE(NSW), ME; ASTC, MIEAusl P.W. Kleeman, BE(Adel), FSASM G.A. Kuezera, BE, MEngSc(Melb), PhD( Harv), MIEAusl H.L. Mitchell, BSurv, PbD(NSW), MISAust I.D. Moore, BE, PhD(Syd), MIEAust, MASCE S.W. Sloan, BE, MEngSe(Monash), MPhil, PhD(Camb) BJ. Williams, BE(Adel), MEngSc(NSW), PhD(Melb)

2

J.,ec:turel'S K. Bretreger, BSurv, PhD(UNSW), MISAust R.C. Patterson, BSurv, BSe, MSurvSe, MSlats(NSW), MISAust M.O. Stewart, BE(Monash), PhD, MlEAust

professional Offic.ers KM. Corrigan, BSc(Civ Eng) H.T. Knies!, BSurv G.Simundie, BE(Saraveyo, Yug)

Computer Programmer A. Shanks, BSc(Well.NZ), Dip.Ors(NZ)

Technical omcers M.W.Dann r. Moffat

Laboratory Assistant P .A. Bowe

Laboratory Craftsman S. Gay

,Departmental Otnce Staff C.E.Pilgrim I.z' de Souza

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

,professors LG.C. Goodwin, BSe, BE, PhD(NSW), FIEEE, FrS, PlEAust (proCessor oCElec1r1cal Engineering) ;:RJ. Evans, BE(Melb). ME, PhD, MIEEE (professor oCComputer Engineering) (Head of Department) I H. SchrOder, BE(Melb), ME. PhD, MIEEE (AWA Professor ofMJcroeledronlcs) vacancy (proCessor of Computer Sclenc.e)

Associate ProCessors I:D.W.E. Blatt, BSe, PhD(Syd), MACS, MACM I.D.I.lEII, BE, BSc(Q'Id), PhD, MIEEE, MSIAM ;PJ. Moylan, BE(Melb), ME, PhD, MIEEE, MACS · 1. Rosenberg, BSe, PhD(Monash) ,0. Wrightson, BE, MCompSe, PhD (Karlsruhe), MACM, MOl, MIEEE

· Senior Lecturers · RE. Bett, BE, ME, PhD, : BJ. Cook. HND(Elect)(plymouth Polytechnic), PbD(BrisU, CEng C.E. de Souza. BE(Pemambuco, Brazil), Dr-IngcPierre & Marie Curie), MIEEE I.M.Y. Mareels, ME(Slate Uni Gent), PhD(ANU), MIEEE

, Lecturers , B. Beresford..smith, BSe, PhD(ANU) S.W. Chan, BE, PhD

: M.Fu, BA(Hefei), MA, PhD(Wisconsin) ',M. Hannaford, BA. BE. DipCompSe, PhD : FA. Henskens, BMath, DipEd. DipCompSe i RJI. Middleton, BE, BSe, PhD, MIEEE B. Penfold, DipEE(Swinbume). MEngSe, DipFinMgt(NE), MlEAust S. Sathiakumar, BSe(Madur), BE, ME. PhD (USc)

, M.1. Scully, BApplSei, MApplySci(Melb), PbD(IISc) , Simon, BSe, BA(James Cook), DipCompSe. MMath ! H.VilIanueva, EE(UTE Chile), MSe, PhD(Mach. Engl.) ; I. Webster, BE, ME

, Senior Tu.tor K. Wallace, BMath

· Tutor 1. Coldwell, BSc(Wales), MSe(Heriot-Wau)

, ProCessional Omcers D.M. Koch, BTech(EE) (SAIT) F. Martinez, BE S.F. McCauley

· LJ. Sciacca, BE(QIT)

3

Page 7: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION ONE

Computer Programmers (two vacancies)

Senior Tecbnlcal Offic.ers A.M.Anns D.Cram P.Hm-dy P.e. McLauchlan

Technical Omcers W.Lis I. Powell

Laboratory Assistants V. Lucl<y D.J.Mwray

Senior Laboratory Craftsman R.R. Hicks

Departmental Office Staff M.l.Conn D.C. Edwards D. Piefke A. Spicer, BSc(Bradford) RK. Thrift, BSe

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Professors RA. Antonia, BE, MEngSc, PhD(Syd). FIEAust, FRMS (professor of Mechanical Engineering) A.W. Roberts, BE, PhD(NSW), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMechE, MIIE, FrS (professor or Industrial Engineering) A. Hanison, BA(Macq), BE(NSWIT), PhD (professor of Bulk Solids Handling and Conveying)

Associate Professors AJ. Chambers, BE(NSW), ME, PhD(Stan). MIEAust G.E. Murch, BSc, PhD, DSc(Flind). MACS, MASM W.A. Oates, BMet(Sheff). MSc, CEng, FIM(Lond)

Senior Lecturers J.D. Browne. BSc(Lond}, MSc(NSW), PhD(Monash), MAIP L.W.B. Browne, BE(Syd), PhD G.D. Butler, BE(NSW). MSc(CranIT), ASTC, MIEAusl, MORS, MASOR l.W. Hayes, BE, MEngSc(Syd), MlEAust, MIlE, MORSA, MASOR (Head oCDepartment) K.L. Hi", BE(NSW), PhD N.A. ~olloy, BE(Q'ld), MlEAust R. D. Parbery, BSc, BE, ME, PhD, FlEAust 6.1. Scott, ME D.H. Wood, BE, MEngS"Syd), PhD. DIC(Lund)

Lecturers P.O. Clausen, BE, PhD, GradlEAust BJ. Hill, BSc(Eng), MEngSc, PhD, GradlEAust H.S. Kim, BSc, MScEng(Inha1.PhD(Syd) S. Rajagopalan, BE(Madras), ME, PhD(IISc), MIEAust s. Sun, BE(Beijing),PhD, MTMS-AIME

ProCessional Officers S. Keys, BE I.A. Lewis, BSc(NSW), ME, PhD, ASTC L. Robertson, BE, DipCompSc RJ. Scobie, ASTC

Senior Technical Officers B.Cooper LD. Iennings, BSc I.S.Miller

4

-~;n~~~ ____________________________________________________________ ~FA~C~UL~TUY~S~T~AFF~ FACULTY STAFf ~ECTlON ONE

Tecbnlcal Officers PJ.Garfoot 1. Lewis B.K. Marsden K.M. McLellan RJ. Reece

Senior Laboratory Craftsmen NJ.AUwood RX. Hicks I.B. Marsh

Laboratory Craftsmen D.W.Ferry P. Peady

Departmental Office Staff P. Falkiner, ATCL R. Richardson E.M. Vincer

Honorary Professor G.R. Belton, BSc, PhD, DIC(Lond)

Honorary ASS()(:lates E. 8etz, ME, PhD(NSW), ASTC, FIEAuSl, MASME I.A. Graharne, ASTC

CENTRE FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL SCIENCE

Director G.C. Goodwin, BSc, BE, PhD(NSW), FlEEE, FrS, FlEAust

ASS()(:late Director RJ. Evans, BE(Melb), ME, PhD, MIEEE

AssIstant Directors BJ. Cook, HND(Elect)(plymouth Polytechnic), PhD(BriSl), CEng OJ. Hill, BE, BSc(Q'ld), PhD, MIEEE, MSIAM

Administrative Assistant G.A. Davies

Professional Officers P. Stepien, BE (Engineering Manager) M. West, BE T. Wiley, BE

Laboratory Assistant T. Beasley

Office Support D. Taft C. Watkins

5

Page 8: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION TWO

\

FACULTY INFORMATION

About This Section This section co1llains general information about the Faculty of Engineering aM 1M COUTseS which are offered within it. Degree RegulatioltS and Course Programs are given in separate sections of this HaNibook.

Advice and Information

Studentsareassumedtobefamiliarwiththeinformationcontained in this Handbook which relates to their own course of study and to general University and Faculty requirements.

Ad~tional information will be posted onNotice Boardsthroughout the academic year. It is each student's responsibility to ensure that they keep themselves aware of the contents of relevant Notice Boards.

As course and University requirements do not remain static, students are advised to purchase a copy of the Faculty Handbook annually in order to become aware of changes and to retain those Handbooks so as to provide a record of the content studied.

Course Enquiries En "" ardin ' qumes reg g course requirements and general matlers suchas University Regulations and procedures, Faculty rules and policies, admission, enrolment and re-enrolment, variations of program and course transfer may be directed to the Faculty Secretary and Faculty Administrative Assistant at the School Office - enquiries at Room EA206.

Academic Advice

Academic advice and general enquiries regarding the content of particular courses may be obtained from the relevant Head of

6

Department or from the following members of academic staff.

Chemical Engineering Mr r. Roberts

Civil Engineering Dr W.G. Field

Combined Degree Programs Professor R.I. Evans

Computer Engineering

Computer Science

Electrical Engineering

Industrial Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

Surveying

Personal Counselling

AssociateProfessorP.J. Moylal

AssociateProfessorI. Rosenbeq,

Associate Professor DJ. Hill

Mr G.D. Butler

Mr r.w. Hayes

Associate Professor I.G. Fryer

Students may wish to discuss matters relating to course difficultie:l or options with the Faculty Secretary, the Faculty AdministratiVf Assistant or the relevant Course Coordinator.

Members of the University Counselling Service are also available for entirely confidential personal conSUltation on any matter. particularly matters of academic skills and personal growth. The Counselling Service is situated on the courtyard level of the Library Building. An appointment is usually required.

Students with Special Needs

Students with disabilities may wish to consult the Faculty'S; Adviser for Students with Special Needs, Dr D.H. Wood of the: Department of Mechanical Engineering. '

SEcnON1WO

THE FACULTY The Faculty of Engineering is constituted by the Council of the University under By-law 2.4.1 and consists of the Department of Chemical Engineering, the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying, the Department of Electrical Engineering and ComputerScimceandtheDepartn1entofMechanicalEngineering.

The Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering, is charged with conducting the academic affairs of the Faculty. Membership of the Faculty Board includes the Vice-Chancellor (ex officio), the DirectOr of the School of Engineering and Architecture, the Dean of the Faculty, the members of the full-time academic staff ofthe departments comprising the Faculty, representatives of anumber of other faculties and departments of the University, and four student members. The Deanis Chairman and executive officer of the Faculty Board.

The responsibilities of Faculty Boards are set out in By-law 2.4.4 and other By-laws and Regulations of the University.

Degrees and Diplomas The awards which may be currently made by the University to persons presented by the Faculty of Engineering are listed below.

Bachelor Degrees

Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc)

Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) (BCompSc(Hons))

Bachelorof Engineering (BE) whichis awarded in the specialities of:

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering

Computer Engineering

Electrical Engineering

Industrial Engineering

and Mechanical Engineering

Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv)

Graduate Diplomas

Diploma in Computer Science (DipCompSc)

Diploma in Computing (DipComp)

Diploma in Surveying (DipSurv)

Higber Degrees

Master of Computer Science (MCompSc)

Master of Computing (MComp)

Master of Engineering (ME)

Master of Engineering Science (MEngSc)

Master of Science (MSc)

Doctor of Engineering (DEng)*

Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)

Doctor of Science (DSc)·

• Normally only conferred as Honorary Degrees

FACULTY INFORMATION

Bachelor Degree Courses General information regarding the bachelor degree programs offered in the Faculty is provided below. The detailed Course Programs appear in Section 5 of the Handbook.

Computer Science

The Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc) degree course has been designed to eqUip students with an excellent background for a professional career in the computer industry or as a programmer or systems analyst in industry or commerce.

Thecourse program meets the highest academicrequirementsfor membership of the Australian Computer Society (ACS).

TheBCompSc program may be completed by three years offull­time study or part-time equivalent. Combined degree programs are also available (see below).

Honours in Computer Science

The Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) degree is a separate degree program which may be taken full-time over one year or part-time over two years. Candidates for this degree have normally completed the BCompSc program with a creditable performance, however, graduates in other disciplines with a substantial background and acreditable performance in computer science may be considered for admission.

Engineering

Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree courses are offered in the following specialities:

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering

Computer Engineering

Electrical Engineering

Industrial Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

Each engineering degree program may be completed by four years of full-time study or equivalent. Part-time attendance is permitted, however, students intending to undertake part-time study should note that many classes are held during the day. Students may choose to combine years of full-time study with years of part-time study as their commitments permit. It is also possible to follow a 'thick sandwich' pattern of attendance by which full-time study and full-time industrial experience are alternately undertaken onanannual basis.ltis recommended that at least the final year of study be taken on a full-time basis.

Engineering courses are highly structured and, although each follows a similar pattern, the content of the courses naturally differs according to the needs of the speciality concerned.

In Year I students study mathematics and the basic sciences as well as commencing studies in the engineering sciences. Year II programs continue studies in mathematics and, where applicable, basic sciences. The scope of engineering studies is also widened. Year III consists of major engineering subjects and is generally regarded as the core of the program. In the final yearthese studies are extended by the inclusion of more highly specialised topics.

7

Page 9: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

~SE~cr~I~O~NLTW~~O~ __________________________________________________ ~ ____ -E~~IX~EQ~~lQN FACULTYmFORMATION ~SE~CTI~O~N~TW~O~ ____________________________________________________ ~F~A~C~ULhT~YLliINF~O~R~MA~T~IO~N

Th~ programs ~so make provision for non-engineering elective sub~ects. to rx: mcluded in the degree program. The ImaI year project, m which students may undertake extensive studies in an area of special interest, is a particular feature of engineering programs at Newcastle.

~gineering programs are regularly reviewed in order to mCOIpOrate thelatest technological and professional developments \ relevan~ to eac~ specialisation. The current Course Programs are set out m Section 5 of this Handbook.

In addition to the full degree programs offered in the Faculty students m~y commence studies in Mining Engineering and ~aval Architecture by completing the first two years of the full time Pl?grams in Civil Engineering or Mechanical Engineering respectively .. Stude~tts choosing to follow these programs may complete therr studies at the University of New south Wales.

Honours

Aw~ of honours are made on the basis of performance during the entire course program (see Faculty Policies in Section 4).

Accreditation

Each e~gin~ program is recognised as meeting the full acade~creqwremen~forcorpora1emembershipOftheInstitution of Engmeers, Australia (lEAust) and recognised by a number of overseas professional bodies.

The Computer Engineering Program is also accredited b th At]'C ye

us ~a l:rn • o~puter Society (ACS) as satisfying that orgaruSation s highest level of academic requirements.

The Che~cal Engineering program also meets requirements for m:m~rship ?f the Institution of Chemical Engineers (Great Bn~) and IS recognised by the Royal Austra1ian Chemical Institute and the Australian Institute of Energy.

Surveying

The Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv) program is offered as a four yearf~ ~~e or equivalent study course on asimilarbasis to that of engmeenng programs.Inaddition to MathematicsandPhysics theooursealSOdealswithaspectsofCivilEngineering,EconOmi~ and Law as well as the technical aspects which include: cadastral survey~g, en~eering surveying, topographical surveying, geodetic surveymg and hydrographic surveying.

The course meets the academic prerequisites for an application for registmtion under the Surveyors Act, 1929 (as amended). In orderto becomeaRegisteredSurveyorin NSW itis necessary for a graduate to meet other requirements of the Board of Surveyors of ~SW. Enquiries on this aspect should be directed to the Regt.strar of ~e Board of Surveyors of NSW. Registration is req1llr~ only if practice as a land surveyor is intended; many surveymg careers do not require registration.

Combined Degree Programs

A numberof combined degree programs are available which lead to the award of a two degrees by a total of five years of full-time study for programs which include BE and four years of full-time study for ~CompSc/BMath and BCompSc/BSc programs. The pro~s listed below have been either approved or have been sub~Ued for approval by the relevant Faculty Boards. Other ~~~med programs may be approved to meet the needs of mWVldual cases. Information on the aVailability of combined progr~s may be obtained from the Combined Degree Coordinator, Professor R.I. Evans, orfrom the Faculty Secretary.

BCompSc/BMath

BCompSc/BSc [Physics Major]

BCompSc/BSc [Psychology Major]

BE(Che'1'icaI Engineering)/BSc [Chemistry Major]

BE(ChemicaI Engineering)/BMath

BE(Civil Engineering)/BSuIV

BE(Computer Engineering)/BCompSc

BE(Computer Engineering)/BMath

BE(Computer Engineering)JBSc [Physics Major]

BE(EjectricaI Engineering)/BMath

BE(EIectricaI Engineering)/BSc [Physics Major]

BE(Industrial Engineering)JBCompSc

BE(MechanicaI Engineering)/BMath

BE(Mechanical Engineering)JBSc [Physics Major] .

Direct admission to most of the above programs may be gained ~ throu~h ~AC by persons who achieve highly at at the HSC ~ exammation. ~

Combined degree programs may also be entered after completion I of the first ~ear of the relevant engineering or computer science • program WIth an average of credit or weighted average mark f (W AM) of 70, In the case of the BE (Civil Engineering)/BSurv i program, a ":' AM of 55 after completion of the first yearof either of the assOClated programs is sufficient for admission to the program,

Postgraduate Diploma Courses Diploma in Computer Science

ThePos~graduat~Diplomain Computer Science meets thehighest academIc requrrements for membership of the Australian Computer Society (ACS).

The CO~bined ~E (Civil Engineering) I BSurv degree program, a recent mnovation understood to be unique to the University of Ne~c.ast~e, allows completion of the two professional qualifIcations by 5 years of full-time study. The program is entered after completion of the first year of either course with a W AM of S5 or more.

Applicants for admission to the program must demonstrate a ~undknowl~geofPascal. Thisknowledgecanbedemonstrated elther.by rassmg the Introduction to Programming Exemption ExammatJon or by providing evidence of successful completion of an approved Pascal course. Students Who cannot demonstrate that they have such background knOWledge must successfully complete the subject COMPI02 Introduction to Programm'

'th ' d tng el. er poor to a mission as a non-degree student or enrol in the Diploma program on condition that COMPI02 is taken as an extraneous subject for which the appropriate fee is required.

8

Thediplomaisin1endedasapart-timecourse.However,candidates with a strong background in programming may be able to complete requirements in asingle full-time year of study although, in this case, subject choice is restricted.

Diploma in Computing

This postgraduate diploma is designed to meet the need for a general computing qualification which can be completed in one year. While the course is recognised by the Australian Computer Society (ACS). it is not suitable for students intending to enter a higher degree course in computer science.

Applicants for admission to the program must demonstrate a sound knowledge of Pascal. Thisknowledgecan bedemonstrated either by passing the Introduction to Programming Exemption Examination or by providing evidence of successful completion of an approved Pascal course. Students who cannot demonstrate that they have such background knowledge must successfully complete the subject COMPI02 Introduction to Programming either prior to admission as a non-degree student or eruol in the Diploma program on condition that COMPI02 is taken as an extraneous subject for which the appropriate fee is required.

The diplomais intended as a part-time course. However, candidates with a strong background in programming may be able to complete requirements in a single full·time year of study although, in this case, subject choice is restricted.

Diploma in Surveying

The Diploma in Surveying is a postgraduate course designed to broaden and further the education of the practising surveyor. Recent technological changes have significantly altered the role and operational techniques of surveyors. Many items of equipment and computational methods now in use were unknown ten to fIfteen years ago. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily, it has been designed as a bridging course for surveyors with the professional qualification of the Reciprocating Surveyors Boards of Australia and New Zealand. University degree courses in surveying were not available when these surveyors passed the examinations set by those Boards. The Diploma in Surveying is seen as broadening and updating the professional training with a choice of subjects designed to complement the professional experience of candidates. Forthose sUlVeyors who already have had a comprehensive training in the modem developments in surveying, the course has a secondary objective. In this case, the aim is to broaden the candidate's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have important applications in some fields of surveying.

The Diploma program is normally completed by at least two years of part-time study, although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the program may be completed in one year on a full-time basis.

Higher Degree Programs Master of Computer Science

The MCompSc is a research degree by thesis, requiring an original contribution to knowledge in the area of computer science. Applicants for admission are expected to hold a BCompSc(Hons) or an equivalent honours degree with at least second class honours. Candidates who enrol initially in the MCompSc may later transfer into the PhD program if their work is of an exceptional quality. The area of research is usually associated with one of the research projects being carried out in the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

Master of Computing

This post-graduate coursework masters degree program requires two years of full-time (or the equivalent part-time) study. In addition to coursework at 400 level, candidates complete a very substantial one-year research related project which is usually associated with one of the research projects being carried out in the Department Computer Science.

Applications will be considered from graduates who have completed the Bachelor of Computer Science or its equivalent (eg including the Graduate Diploma in Computer Science).

Master of Engineering

The Masterof Engineering is aresearch degree by thesis. Relevant coursework may be undertaken in association with the research program. The quality and standard of work required in the thesis is substantially higher level than that expected of an Bachelor of Engineering honours graduate. Candidates who enrolinitiallyin the ME program may later transfer into the PhD program if their work is of an exceptional qUality.

Master of Engineering Science

The Master of Engineering Science is coursework program with major project. The program is intended to provide graduate engineers with the opportunity to update their knowledge in technical areas of particular interest. However, as a result of resource limitations, no new enrolments were accepted in 1990. The position for 1991 is under review.

Master of Science

This degree is similar to the Master of Engineering degree but is usually taken by students with anon-engineering background or students who are carrying out research in science areas related to engineering.

Master of Surveying

The MasterofSurveying degreehas the primary aim of introducing students to research, and bringing them to the point where they will be able to conduct research effectively under direction. Coursework will not nonnally be included in the program. The quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a substantially higher level than that expected of an Bachelor of Surveying honours graduate. Candidates who enrol initially in the MSurv program may later transfer into the PhD program if their work is of an exceptional quality.

9

Page 10: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SEcrIONlWO

Doctor of Philosophy

Doctoral research programs are available within each of the Departments of the Faculty. Initial enquiries regarding these programs and areas of specialised research activity currently undertaken within Departments may be addressed to the Head of the relevant department. Enquiries regarding scholarships, the formal requirements for the degree and admission procedures should be addressed to:

10

The Academic Registrar, University of Newcastle, AUSTRALIA 2308

FACULTYINFORMATION~S~E£C!TI~O~N~THRE!tl~E~ __________________________________________________________________ __

Centre for Industrial Control Science The Centre for Industrial Control Science was established in 1988 under the Special Research Centre scheme of the Australian Government and is closely linked to the Department of Electrical. Engineering and Computer Science. Additional support is provided by the University and Industry.

The work of the Centre is conducted On two parallel streams. One dealing with theoretical issues in systems science and the other with the design of industrial control and signal processing systems. The aim of the Centre is to establish a true synergism between theoretical work and practical applications of control science, particularly in the areas of process control and automation.

The area of control systems design brings basic theoretical ideas in the understanding of nonlinear systems, estimation and information theory together with the associated technologies of computing, communications and industrial electronics.

In addition to the staff of the Centre, a number of the members of ' the academic staff of the Department of Electrical Engineering. and Computer Science are involved with the work of the Centre, . as are some 30 postgraduate students. Visiting academics and postdoctoral fellows also contribute to the work of the Centre.

Further information regarding the work of the Centre may be BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS obtained from:

The Director, About This Section Centre for Industrial Control Science" ... DepartmentofEIectricaJ.EngineeringandComputerScience l This section contains the Unillerslty Regulatlo~ reg~rdmg the University of Newcastle . Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Engmeerlng. AUSTRALIA 2308.

1. General

These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council under By-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the degrees of Bachelor of Computer Science, Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours), Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Surveying.

2.Definitions

(1) In these Regulations, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:

'candidate' means a student enrolled in a course;

'course' means the total requirements of the program approved by the Faculty Board in accordance with the Schedule to qualify a candidate for the award of the degree;

'course program' means the program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board in accordance with the Schedule;

'Course Coordinator' means the Head of the designated Department or that Head of Department's nominee;

'Dean' means the Dean of the Faculty and, forthe purposes of these Regulations, also means any nominee of the Dean;

'degree' means the Bachelor Degree referred to in the relevant schedule;

'Department' means the department or departments offering a particular subject and includes any other body doing so;

(2)

'Faculty' means the Faculty of Engineering;

'Faculty Board' means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering;

'designated Department' means the department identified as such in the Schedule;

'Schedule' means the schedule to these Regulations relevant to the course in which a person is enrolled or proposing to enrol;

'satisfactory result' means a result considered by the Faculty Board to be sufficient to satisfy pre-requisite requirements;

'semester' means that portion of the calendar year so designated by the University; and

'subject' means a discrete component of acourse for which a result may be recorded.

The credit point value of a subject counting towards completion of the requirements of a course shall:

a) in the case of subjects offered by Departments comprising the Faculty of Engineering or by Departments outside the Faculty of Engineering specifically for inclusion in courses offered in the Faculty of Engineering, be the credit point value determined by the Faculty Board;

b) in the case of subjects offered by Departments outside the Faculty of Engineering for courses offered in other faculties, the credit point value determined for each such subject by the relevant faculty board.

11

Page 11: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION THREE

3. Admission

An applicant for admission to candidature shall satisfy the requirements of the Regulations Governing Admission and Emolment and such other additional requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.

4. Exemptions in courses

(1) The Faculty Board, on the recommendation of the Course Coordinator, may grant exemption from undertaking subjects comprising a course in recognition of work completed in tWs University or another institution.

(2) Exemptions shall be deemed to meet prerequisite, co­requisite and assumed knowledge requirements but apply only to the particular course in which the candidate is enrolled and are subject to review on any subsequent change of course by the candidate.

(3) Exemptions granted for work completed for which an award has previously been made in this University or for work: completed at another institution, whether an award has been made or not, shall not exceed:

a) in the case of the Bachelor of Computer Science course, 80 credit points; and

b) in the case of the Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Surveying courses, 160 credit points.

(4) Exemptions willnotbe grantedin the Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) course.

S. Enrolment: Standard Program

(1) The subjects comprising the course program approved by the Faculty Board in accordance with the requirements of a Schedule shall be grouped by Year. Each Yearofacourse program shall total 80 credit points and specify the annual program of subjects to be undertaken by afull-time student completing the course in minimum time or the method of selection of those subjects.

(2) A~candidate who has fully completed the requirements of the subjects comprising a particular Year of a course program may enrol in any combination of subjects scheduled in the next Year of that course program provided that the prerequisite, corequisite requirements and assumed knowledge requirements of those subjects are met.

6. Enrolment: Non-Standard Program

(1) For the purposes of this regulation, anon-standard program is def'medasacombination of subjects which count in more than one Year of a course program.

(2) A candidate applying for enrolment in a non-standard program shall comply with the rules for non-standard enrolment detennined from time to time by the Faculty Board.

7. Prerequisites, Co-requisites and Assumed Knowledge

(1) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of a Head of Department may prescribe prerequisites, co-requisites and!

12

,

\

BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATJoNI/§.sE§lcr;;n�oQN!i1TI1REE!!!!!ill. _______________________ -'B"A"CHE"-"±L"'O"R"'D"'E"'G"'RE"""E~RE~G~ULA~~T~I~O~N~S

or assumed knowledge requirementsf or any subject offeIe4, by that Department. I

(2) Except with Ute approval of the Dean granted on the written I recommendation of the Head of the Department offering; the subject concerned, a candidate shall not enrol in • subject unless that candidate has: I

(5) a) attained a satisfactory result in any subject prescribefl as its prerequisite;

b) attained asatisfactoryresultin any subject prescribe4 asits co-requisite oris concurrently enrolled in any such subject; and

c) attained a satisfactory result or a level of competence ~ (6) satisfactory to the FacUlty Board, in any subjea t prescribed as assumed knowledge.

(3) A candidate enrolled in a subject in contravention of; prerequisite, co-requisite or assumed knowledge' requirements may be withdrawn without notice from that subject unless permitted by the Head of Department to remain enrolled.

8. Subject Requirements

(I)

b) in the case of any subject offered in the second semester, the Monday of the ninth week of second semester; and

c) in the case of any subject offered over afull year, the Monday of the third week of second semester.

A candidate who applies to withdraw from any subject which is a prerequisite, co-requisite or assumed knowledge requirement for any other subject may be withdrawn without notice from any subject for which the withdrawn subject is so prescribed unless permitted by the Head of Department to remain enrolled.

Except upon payment of the administration charge prescribed from time to time by the University Secretary and with the approval of the Dean given only on the written recommendation of the Head of Department, a candidate may not enrol a subject unless application to do so is made:

a) in the case of any subject offered in the first semester or over afull year, the Monday of the third week of first semester; and

b) in the case of any subject offered in the second semester, the Monday of the third week of second semester. A candidate enrolled in a subject shall attend such lectures,.:

tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes and field work and\ submit written or other work as the Department shall~ 10. Re-admission

(2)

(3)

require. j (1)

Any material presented by a candidate for assessment must I be the work of the candidate and not previously submitted! for assessment elsewhere except as otherwise permitted by; the Head of Department. { (2)

To complete a subjecta candidate shall satisfy departmental i requirements and gain a satisfactory result in suchl asse~sments and examinations as the Faculty Board shaUj requlfe. 1 ,

9. Variation of Enrolment - Including Withdrawal )

(1) Acandi~ema~ apply to withdraw from asubject orcourse ! (3) only by infonnmg the Secretary to the University on the! prescribed form and the withdraWal. if approved, shall take i effect from the date of receipt of such an application. 1

(2)

(3)

An application to withdraw from a SUbject but not from the i course, will not be approved unless the application to i withdraw is received before the relevant last date fori withdrawal, except that the Dean may approve withdrawal without academic penalty in appropriately documented" exceptional circumstances. •

A candidate who withdraws from the course shall be deemed to have failed in any uncompleted subject in which

(4)

An applicant for re-admission to candidature shall satisfy the requirements of the Regulations Governing Admission and Enrolment and such other additional requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.

Except as provided below, a candidate who does not re­enrol in a course in each year shall be deemed to have discontinued studies and, if re-admitted to that course at a later date, shall be subject to such conditions as the Faculty Boanl may prescribe and may be granted such exemptions for work previously completed in that course as are determined under Regulation 4.

CandidatesforthedegreesofBachelorofComputerScience, Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Surveying who properly apply for re-admissiont to a course not more than one year following their last year of enrolment in that course shall be deemed to have been granted leave of absence forthat yearand shall be re-admitted to that course and penniued to proceed as if they had continuously maintained their enrolment, provided that the candidate:

a) had completed at least one subject in the year of last enrolment in that course; and

b) was eligible to re-enrol at the conclusion of the last year of enrolment in that course.

Annual periods of leave penniued under Regulation 10(3) may be taken more than once.

(4)

they are enrolled unless the application to withdraw is received before the last date for withdrawal relevant to such a subject, except that the Dean may approve withdrawal without academic penalty in appropriately documented exceptional circumstances.

The last dates for withdrawal shall be:

a) in the case of any subject offered in the first semester, the Monday of the ninth week of first semester,

t Applicalions/or re-admission under Regulation 10(3) should bemadethroughthe UniversitiesAdmission Centre (UAC) by the due date. Application materials may be obtained from the Admissions and Enrolments Office in late August.

11. Award of'Degrees

(1) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall satisfy the requirements and conditions prescribed in the Schedule.

(2) A degree with honours shall be conferred in one of the following grades:

a) Class I;

b) Class n, Division 1;

c) Class n, Division 2; and

d) only in the caseoftheBachelor of Computer Science (Honours) degree, Class m.

12. Combined Degree Programs

(1) A candidate may complete the requirements for the degree in conjunction with another Bachelor degree by completing acombined degree program approved by the Faculty Board and, where the other Bachelor degree is offered in another faculty, the Faculty Board of the Faculty offering that other Bachelor degree.

(2) Admission to a combined degree program shall:

a) be subject to the approval of the Dean of the Faculty and, where the other Bachelor degree is offered in another faculty, the Dean of the Faculty offering that other Bachelor degree.

b) nonnallybe at the end of the candidate's first year of enrolment in a degree; and

c) be restricted to candidates who have achieved a standard of performance deemed satisfactory for the purposes of admission to the specific combined degree course by the Faculty Board(s).

(3) The work undertaken by a candidate in a combined degree program shall be no less in quantity and quality than if the two courses were taken separately.

(4) To qualify for admission to the two degrees a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for both degrees.

13. Exceptional Circumstances

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Regulations or Schedules.

SCHEDULE 1- BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

1. The degree may be conferred in the following areas of specialisation:

• Chemical Engineering

• Civil Engineering

• Computer Engineering

• Electrical Engineering

• Industrial Engineering

• Mechanical Engineering

13

Page 12: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION rnREE

2.

3.

For the purposes of these Regulations the designated Department with respect to each area of specialisation shall be:

• Department of Chemical Engineering

- Chemical Engineering

• Department of Civil Engineering and SUlVeying

- Civil Engineering

• Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

- Computer Engineering and

- Electrical Engineering

• Department of Mechanical Engineering

- Industrial Engineering and

- Mechanical Engineering

To qualify for admission to the degree in any area of specialisation a candidate shall:

a) complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the designated Department totalling 320 credit points or such greater number of credit points as may be approved by Faculty Board in individual cases; and

b) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.

4. The course program of 320 credit points approved by the Faculty Board shall include as a minimum:

80 credit points taken at 100 level

60 credit points taken at 200 level

60 credit points taken at 300 level

40 credit points taken at 400 level

5. A person who has satisfied the requirements for admission t.o the degree in one area of specialisation may be admitted to~candidalure in any other area of specialisation on such conditions as the Faculty Board may prescribe. Upon completing the requirements for admission to the degree in that other area of specialisation the candidale shall be eligible to receive a certificate to that effect.

6. The degree shall be conferred as an ordinary degree except that, in cases where the performance of a candidate has reached a standard detennined by the Faculty Board to be of sufficient merit, the degree may be conferred with honours.

SCHEDULE 2 - BACHELOR OF METALLURGY

(Discontinued)

SCHEDULE 3 - BACHELOR OF SURVEYING

1. The designated Department for the purposes of these regUlations shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.

2 To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program

14

~£!~iI~~ __________________________________________________ ~B~AfCHEL~kO~R~D~E~G~RE~E~RE~G~ULA~~T~I~O~NS BACHELOR DEGREE REGULA TIO/jj §ECfION UlREE

of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on thi recommendation of the Head of the designated Departmetj totalling 320 credit points or such greater number of cred;j points as may be approved by Faculty Board in individU(; cases.

3. The course program of 320 credit points approved by tb. Faculty Board shall include as a minimum:

80 credit points taken at 100 level

60 credit points taken at 200 level

60 credit points taken at 300 level

40 credit points taken at 400 level

4. The degree shall be conferred as an ordinary degreeexcep that, in cases whereacandidate's perfonnancein thecoura. has reached a standard determined by the Faculty Board ~

3.

be of sufficient merit, the degree may be cmferred witt: 4. honours.

SCHEDULE 4 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING)

(Discontinued)

SCHEDULE 5 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY)

(Discontinued)

SCHEDULE 6 - BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE; , 1. The designated Department for the purposes of these!1

regulations shall be the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. -

2. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shalll complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program~ of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the1 recommendation of the Head of the designated Departmenl~ totalling 240 credit points or such greater number of credit points as may be approved by theFaculty Board inindividual cases.

3. The course program of 240 credit points approved by the Faculty Board shall include as a minimum:

80 credit points taken at 100 level

60 credit points taken at 200 level

40 credit points taken at 300 level

4. The degree shall be awarded only as an ordinary degree.

SCHEDULE 7 - BACHELOR OF COMPUTER SCIENCE (HONOURS)

1. The designated Department for the purposes of these regulations shall be the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

2. In order to be admitted to candidature for the degree, an applicant shall:

a) have completed requirements for admission to the ordinary degree of Bachelor of Computer Science in the University of New castle or to any other degree approved by the Faculty Board;

5.

b) have satisfactorily completed any additional work. prescribed by the Head of the designated Department;

and

c) have obtained approval to enrol given by the ~ on &he recommendation of the Head of the deS1gn~ed Department who, after considering the preVIOUS academic performance of the applicant in relevant studies, may decline to recommend an applicant for

candidature.

Candidature for the degree shall not .eXtend. beyond two calendar years, except that in excepuonal crrcumstances

'sing in a particular case the Faculty Board may grant ~ssion to extend the term o.f ~didat.ure on ~~ch conditions as it considers appropnate mcluding requmng additional subjects to be taken towards the degree.

To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete a program of subjects approved by the :aculty BoardontherecommendationoftheHeadofthedeslgnated Department totalling 80 credit points or such greaternum~r of credit points as may be approved by the Faculty Board Ul

individual cases. The Faculty Board shall, on the recommendation of the Headofthe designated Department, detennine th~ award of honours to be made to a candidate upon completIon of the

requirements of this Schedule.

15

Page 13: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FOUR

FACULTY POLICIES

About This Section This section contains Faculty Policies which are relevant to all students enrolled in undergraduate programs within the Faculty and are to be read in conjunction with course programs and degree regulations.

Students should note that Faculty Policies do not remain static. Students are expected /0 consult Faculty and Departl1U!n.tai notice boards regularly in order to make themselves aware a/any proposaisordecisionswhichmayaf/ectli1£m.Enquiriesregarding Faculty Policy may be directed to the Faculty Secretary.

General Coutse Rules and Information The infonnation given below should be read in conjunction with the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees in the Faculty of Engineering and other University requirements and Faculty policies.

It is the responsibility of students to ensure that they ernal in a program which meets currently applicable course requirements. Where approval of a Head of Department or Course Coordinator is required, this should be gained prior to submitting a Variation of Program Form and attached to that fonn.

Advice on course requirements and procedures is available from the staff of the School Office - Enquiries to Room EA206, orfrom the relevant Course Coordinator.

Credit Points

1. The credit point value of a subject is intended to give a general indication of the total time required of a student undertaking that subject. The nonnal annual workload of 80 credit points may be taken to indicate that the total workload of an average student working at pass level is

16

\

approximately 48 hours per week. Thus a 5 credit point subject offered over one semester may be taken to indicate a minimum average worklOad requirement of 6 hours per week which includes course contact hours plus time spent by the student on assignments and other set work as well as general study of subject content. The ratio between contact hours and private study will vary between subjects according to the nature of the content studied.

2. The number of hours per week required by individual students will vary according to many factors including: academic background, personal ability, work/study techniques and the level of petfonnance the student wishes to attain in a particular subject. The general indication of 2 hours per week for each credit point in a semester subject is a guide to the minimum expectations of the Faculty -students will need to monitor and evaluate their own petfonnance in the light of this expectation and the results they obtain in particular SUbjects.

Timetable

3. Course programs are specified and timetabled by year.

4. Every effort will be made to provide for single day release attendance patterns in the first two part -time stages of each course. Timetable requirements may restrict selection of subjects in non-standard programs.

5. Students are not to enrol in subjects which clash in the timetable.

Prerequisites, Co-requisites and Assumed Knowledge

6. In addition to the subject pre-requisite, co-requisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects, a

SECTION FOUR

general understanding of the material in previous years of the course is assumed.

7. Students must satisfy the relevant pre-requisite, co-requisite and assumed knowledge requirements of each subject unless granted a written waiver of these requirements by the Head of the Department offering the subject. Students wishing to obtain such a waiver should make application at the scheduled Re-enrolment Approval Sessions in February. If requesting a variation of enrolment at another time, the relevant form should be obtained from the School Office beforemakinganappointmenttoseetheHeadofDepartment to discuss the proposed waiver.

8. Only in exceptional circumstances will pre-requisite, co­requisite and assumed knowledge requirements be waived for students who have a W AM of 54 or less.

Adjusting Second Semester Enrolment

9. Enrolment in second semester subjects which require completion of first semester subjects to meet prerequisite, co-requisite or assumed knowledge requirements is contingent upon successful completion of the relevant first semester subjects.

10. It is the responsibility of students to apply to withdraw from any second semester subject for which they do not meet prerequisite, co-requisite or assumed knowledge requirements unless a fonnal waiver of such requirements is received from the Head of Department offering the subject concerned within the first 2 weeks of 'second semester.

11. A student who remains officially ernolled in a subject will receive a result in that subject. If a student ceases to attend classes but does not officially withdraw, the result will be Fail (FF).

12. Students wishing to add a second semester subject in place of a withdrawn subject should do so by 5 p.m. on Monday of the third week of second semester otherwise the Head of Department may refuse to pennit the addition.

Late Addition or Substitution of Subjects

13. Applications to add subjects after the 5 p.m. on Monday of the third week of the semester in which the subject commenced will be approved by the Dean only when submitted with the written pennission of the Head of the Department offering the subject. When considering arequest for late addition of a subject, the Head of Department will take into account:

• the ability of the student to catch up with work already completed in the subject;

• the effect that a late addition to the class may have on the work of students already enrolled in the subject; and

where a student has been attending the subject without being ernolled, the reason why the student did not ernol in the subject within the first two weeks of the semester.

14. A receipt for payment of any prescribed administration charge must be presented with any variation of program form requesting late addition of a subject.

FACrn. TY POLICIES

15. Note that dates are prescribed after which total semester workload may not be increased. This requirement prevents approval of the addition of a subject after those dates where total semester workload would be increased, even if the permission of the Head of Department is obtained. Students in doubt as to the requirements should consult the staff of the School Office before paying any prescribed administration charge or approaching the Head of Department

16. Addition or substitution of nrst semester subjects after 31 March and second semester subjects after 31 August will only be permitted by the Dean in exceptional circumstances and where the total semester workload of the student is not increased.

Non-Standard Programs

17. A non-standard program is one which includes subjects from more than one Year of the course program. While progression in each course offered in the Faculty of Engineering is by subject, the following rules apply to students wishing to enrol in a non-standard program.

18. Students are expected to complete subjects in the order given in the course program. A student undertaking anon­standard program should therefore include all uncompleted subjects from the lower year of the course. If a student withdraws from a subject, that subject is expected to be chosen from the higher year. The approval of the Course Coordinator is required for any departure from these expectations.

19. Applications for enrolment in the following non-standard programs will be approved without special permission being required.

• Anannual program of subjects prescribed for acombined degree program in which a student is enrolled.

• Inclusion of IndustriaI Experience subjects by part-time students.

An arutuaI program which follows prescribed Yearby Year transition arrangements.

An annual program of subjects for which all of the following apply:

'" all pre-requisite,co-requisiteandassumedknowledge requirements are met or written relaxation of the relevant requirements is submitted;

'" subjects extend over only two Years of the course;

'" all uncompleted subjects in the lower Year of the course program are included;

'" when undertaken by a student with a W AM of 55 or more, has a total credit point value not exceeding 85 with no more than 50 credit points in a semester; and

'" when undertaken by a student with a W AM of 54 or less, has a total credit point value not exceeding 60 with no more than 40 credit points in a semester.

20. All other applications for enrolment in a non-standard program must be approved by the Course Coordinator responsible for the course in which the student is enrolled.

17

Page 14: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FOUR

21. Discussions with the Course Coordinator normally take place at the scheduled Re·enrolment Approval Sessions held in February each year. At other times, an appointment should be made at the Office of the Department concerned.

Substitution of Subjects

22. The HeadofDepartmentorCourseCoordinatormay approve limited substitution of another subject for a subject listed in the course program where such a substitution is considered to be to the academic benefit of the student concerned. Approval will only be given where:

• Ute replacement subject is of the same credit point value as the subject(s) it replaces;

the requirements of the Regulations governing the degree program continue to be met; and

the overall program of study to be taken by the student is suited to the award of the degree involved.

23. Substitution will not be granted for Year I subjects.

Enrolment in Extraneous Subjects

24. Emolmentin subjects extraneous to the requirements of the course in which the student is enrolled will normally only be approved where the student is otherwise enrolled in all subjects required to complete degree requirements and has a WAMofat least 55. The total program attempted by such a student, including extraneous subjects, shall not exceed 80 credit points. The approval of the Dean is required for any application to undertake extraneous or non-degree subjects while a student is enrolled in any course offered in the Faculty of Engineering. The Dean may decline to approve any such application.

25. Note that the University may charge afee for enrolment in subjects which do not count towards degree requirements.

Appeals

26. A written 'appeal regarding any decision made under these rules may ee made to the Dean who shall decide the matter.

Course Coordinators Undergraduate Programs

Chemical Engineering Mr J. Roberts

Civil Engineering Dr W.G. Field

Combined Degree Programs Professor RJ. Evans

Computer Engineering Associate Professor P.r. Moylan

Computer Science Associate Professor]. Rosenberg

Electrical Engineering Associate Professor D.]. Hill

Industrial Engineering Mr G.D. Butler

Mechanical Engineering Mr J.W. Hayes

SUlVeying - Associate Professor J.G. Fryer

18

FACULTY POLICIES

Postgraduate Coursework Programs

BCompSc(Hons) Dr B. Beresford-Smith

DipCompSc Mr F.A. Henskens

MComp

DipSurv

Associate Professor J. Rosenberg

- Associate Professor J.G. Fryer

Undergraduate Performance and Progress These policies, known as the 'WAM Rules', were amended with effect from 1990 and now apply to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Computer Science, Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Surveying degree programs.

1. General

(1) The following policies are made under the powers vested in the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering, by the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty ofFngineering and variousB y -laws and Regulations of the University including, but not limited to, By-law 2.4 - The Faculties, the Examination Regulations, and the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress.

(2) In these Policies, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:

"annual W AM" means the weighted average mark of the results of subjects taken in a particular calendar year.

"course" means the total requirements as prescribed in these Policies and the Regulations GoverningBachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Engineering which, when completed, qualify a candidate for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Computer Science, Bachelor of Engineering or Bachelor of Surveying;

"Course Coordinator" means Head of the designated Department or the Head of Department's nominee;

"Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering;

"Degree Regulations" means the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees in the Faculty of Fngineering;

"Department" means a department of the Faculty of Engineering;

"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering.;

"designated department" means the department identified as such in therelevant Schedule of the Degree Regulations;

"student" means a person enrolled in an undergraduate course offered in the Faculty of Engineering;

"Sub·dean" means a Sub-dean of the Faculty of Engineering;

"WAM" means the cumulative Weighted Average Mark. calculated in accordance with these policies.

SECTION FOUR

2. Reservation

Faculty Board reserves its right to consider each case on its merits and to amend its policies without notice as it judges to be properto maintain appropriate standards of attainment.

3. Assessment

(1) Assessment within each subject offered by a Department may take into account work in: assignments, reports, laboratory exercises, tutorials, class tests and fonnal examinations.

(2) Students will be infonned of the method of assessment to be adopted in each subject before the fourth week of lectures in that subject. TIris infonnation will include an indication of the type of tasks comprising the assessment and the proportion each task will contribute to the final result in the subject concerned.

It should be noted that the final result in a subject is not necessarily detennined simply by the addition of marks awarded for assessment tasks although the weightings of each task and class ranking will be maintained except where an application for special consideration is granted.

(3) In the case of subjects offered to students enrolled in any undergraduate course in the Faculty by Departments of the Faculty (and any department of another faculty willing to take part in this procedure), the result in each subject will be reported as follows:

Result

Marks in the range of

45% to 100% inclusive

Marks less than 45%

Other non-passing grades

Reported as

Percentage Mark

FF (Fail)

Grades approved by Senate for specific pUIpOses.

(4) A mark of 50% is considered to be the notional pass/fail level of perfonnance, however it is recognised that no matter how careful the assessment, an area of doubt may exist within 5% of that mark. Therefore, while a mark below 45% is a c1ear fail and a mark of 55% is a clear pass, percentage marks in the range of 45 to 54 are regarded as indicating that a student, whilst not performing clearly at a satisfactory level in the subject concerned, had nevertheless demonstrated sufficient understanding of the subject to proceed, provided other progress requirements are met, without repealing the material contained in that subject (see Policy 5 below).

Students should note that while results of 45 to 49 are (barely) acceptable in the context of the full requirements of a particular course in the Faculty of Engineering, they are unlikely to be considered adequate for full standing outside the Faculty of Fngineering. For example: a result of 48 awarded to a student enrolled in an engineering course in a first year physics subject may be considered for standing in the Faculty of Science and Mathematics at a Terminating Pass level but would not be acceptable for full standing.

FACill.TY POLICIES

(5) In the case of subjects offered by departments of other faculties, results may be awarded as grades (rather than percentage marks) in accordance with University By-laws and Regulations and the Policies of the Faculty Board.

4. Academic Performance

(1) The academic perfonnance of each student enrolled in an undergraduate course offered in the Faculty shall be measured by acumulative WeightedAverageMark(W AM).

(2) The W AM is calculated from the results of all subjects taken towards the satisfaction of Degree Requirements, except as provided in Policy 4.5 below, in the following marmer:

WAM

Where:

L(mvw)

L (v w)

m The Mark as defined in Policy 4.3 below.

v Thecredit point value of the subject concerned.

w The Weighting of the subject concerned as detennined under Policy 4.4 below.

(3) The Mark ('m') will be calculated as follows:

• Where the result in a subject is given in the range of 45 to 100 inclusive, 'm' is equal to that percentage mark.

• Where the result in a subject is a grade of FF, AF, EF or WF, 'm' is equal to 44.

• Where the result in a subject is a passing grade (rather than a percentage mark), the Mark (' m') will be deemed to be the relevant number listed below:

Grade 'm'

HD 93 D 80

C 70

P 58

UP 58

TP 49

• Where grades of 'I' are awarded the W AM will not be calculated until a mark or a final grade shall be awarded in that subject.

(4) Each subject shall have a weighting of 1, 2, 3 or4 as setout below.

Level at which the Weighling subject is offered

100

200 2

300 3

400 and over 4

Note The level atwhichasubject isoffered is indicated by theftrst munber in th£ subject code;jor example, MECH10l is offered at 100 level and MECH342 is offered at 300 level.

19

Page 15: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECITON FOUR •

(5) The following will be taken into account when calculating theWAM:

• Subjects taken in satisfaction of course Elective requirements will be considered to satisfy those requirements in the order in which they are taken during the course.

Subjects taken extraneous to Degree Requirements will not be included in the calculation of a student's WAM.

Students re-admitted to acourse after an absence for the previous academic year, will retain their previous WAM as the basis of future calculations.

Students pennitted to transfer from one course offered in the Faculty to another shall, provided the credit point value of the exemptions granted in the new course equals the credit point value of all subjects previously completed in the original course, retain the W AM achieved in the original course as the basis for future W AM calculations in the new course.

In all other cases, students admitted to a course shall commence calculation of their W AM from the year of their admission or re-admission, whether the y be granted exemptions or not.

(6) Attheconclusionofsecondsemester,eachstudent'sWAM shall be included in Ute schedule of recommended results presented to Faculty Board, included on each student's notification of results and placed on the student's academic record; except that should a grade of 'Incomplete'(I) be awarded to a student, the W AM will remain uncalculated until final marks or grades are awarded.

(7) Students may elect to repeat any subject in which they were awarded a result in the range of 45 to 54 or a grade of TP, or to enrol in a subject which replaced a subject in that category in the course program of the course in which they are enrolled. In such a case:

the subject originally taken remains part of the student's academic' record and continues to be included in the calculation of the student's WAM as before,

the repeated subject is included in the W AM calculations of the year in which it is taken.

if the student is awarded a failing grade in the repeated subject, the failure is treated in the same way as if the subject were attempted for the first time and the subject must be repeated.

Note Students will not normally be permitted to repeat subjects in which they were awarded a final result of 55 or more, or a passing grade.

5. Academic Progression

(1) A student who achieves a WAMof55 ormoreisconsidered to be clearly progressing at a satisfactory level in the course as a whole,

(2) A student who has a W AM of 54 or less at the conclusion of any yearis considered to be on probation forthe next year of enrolment in the course and in jeopardy of possible

20

FACULTY POLICIES

exclusionfrom the Faculty unless performance is improved sufficiently (see 'Unsatisfactory Progress' below),

(3) If a student withdraws without penalty from all subjects in which they are enrolled whilst on probation, the tenn of their probation shall be deemed to be extended to the following year of enrolment.

(4) Except as otherwise approved by the Course Coordinator, astudent on probation who wishes to follow anon-standard program shall not be pennitted to enrol in an annual program of study of more than 60 credit points of which no more than 40 credit points may be taken in either semester {also see the General Course Rules and Information above].

6. Unsatisfactory Progress

(I) A student on probation who fails to attain a W AM of 55 or more at the end of their probationary year and failed to achieve an annual W AM of 55 or more in that year, shall be deemed not to have maintained arate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1) of the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress and shall be required to show cause as to why he or she should not be excluded from the Faculty under the terms of those Regulations.

(2) Students required to show cause under Policy 6.1 shall be advised of their rights to make representations either in writing or in person prior to decisions under Regulation 3(\) being taken.

(3) The Dean or Sub-dean shall determine the time and place at which persons required to show cause under Policy 6.1 may make representations in person,

(4) The Dean or Sub-Dean shall, after considering any representations made by students required to show cause under Policy 5.5 and the recommendation of the Headofthe designated Department, determine the action to be taken under Regulation 3(1) of the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress on behalf of the Faculty Board.

(5) A student who is required to show cause under Policy 6, I and permiUed to continue studies within the Faculty is considered to remain on probation and continues to be subject to the provisions of the Policies ofFaculty Board as would a student placed on probation under the provisions of Policy 5.2,

7. Satisfaction of Degree Requirements

(I) Students are considered to have passed the program of subjects approved by Faculty Board in accordance with the relevant schedule of the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees Offered in the Faculty of Engineering when they have both:

attained a result of 45 or more (or a passing grade) in each of the subjects comprising the relevant program of subjects approved by Faculty Board; and

attained a W AM of 55 or more at the completion of that program

SECfION FOUR

(2) If a student completes the relevant program of subjects but has not achieved a W AM of 55 or more, the student is not regarded as having passed the program of subjects to the satisfaction Faculty Board and is therefore ineligible forthe award of the degree.

(3) A student who is ineligible for the award of a bachelors degree under the tenns ofPolicy7 ,2 may repeat any subject in which they were awarded a result in the range of 45 to 54 (in which case the conditions of Policy 4.8 apply) or enrol in such other subjects not previously attempted as the Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of the designated Department, may approve until such time as he or she attains a W AM of 55 oris excluded under the provisions of section 5 of these policies.

8. Awards of Honours - Engineering and Surveying

(1) HonoursgradesintheBachelorofEngineeringandBachelor ofSwveying programs willnonnally beawarded by Faculty Board on the basis of agraduiUing student's performance in the course as a whole as measured by the W AM according to the following schedule:

Minimum WAM Honours

77

72

67

Class I

Class II Division I

Class II Division 2

(2) If a student was granted exemptions atthetimeofhis or her admission or re-admission to -a courSe offered within the Faculty, the record of that student upon which the standing or exemptions was based may be considered by Faculty Board inconnection with the detennination of the award of honours.

(3) A Head of Department may recommend to Faculty Board that a grade of honours be awarded other than that indicated by the W AM of the student concerned, or that no honours be awarded to a particular student. In such a case Faculty Board may either make an award of honours in accordance with the recommendation of the Head of the Department concerned or in accordance with the schedule contained in Policy 8(\).

(4) Faculty Board will nonnally recommend BE and BSUIV graduands who achieve a W AM in the order of 85 or more for the award of a University Medal.

Other Faculty Policies Honours in Computer Science

The level of honours to be awarded to candidates completing the requirements of the Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) degree shall be determined by Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

Progress Requirements for Combined Degree Candidates

StudentsadmiUedtotheBE/BMath,BE/BSc/,BMath!BCompSc and BScjBCompSc combined degree programs after 1990 shall

FACULTY POLICIES

be required to maintain a W AM of at least 65 or otherwise show cause as to why the Faculty Board should not refer their case to the Admissions and Progress Committee under regulation 4 of the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress with a recommendation that they beexcludedfrom continued enrolment in the combined degree program for a specified period,

This requirement will also apply to students admitted to the BE! BCompSc program after 1991.

Missing an Examination

Failure to attend a formal wriuen examination is a very serious matter. Students are expected to attend examinations unless prevented from doing so by circumstances beyond their control (see below)

Special Consideration

It is recognised that during the course of their studies, students may suffer from illness or other serious circumstances beyond their control which affect their preparation for or performance at an examination, University Regulations provideforstudents who believe that their performance in a subject has been adversely affected by such circumstances to apply for Special Consideration (also refer to the General University Information section of this Handbook).

Applications for Special Consideration MUST be made on the prescribed form. Forms are available from the Student

'Administration Office in the McMullin Building and the School Office - Room EA206.

As decisions can only be made on the basis of the information presented by the student, all available evidence should accompany each application. The medical certificate given on the prescribed form must becompleted wherean application is madeon medical grounds unless a more extensive medical report is presented which includes the information required on the fonn. Where a request for Special Consideration is made on the grounds of misadventure, all available supporting evidence should beattached to the application. In some cases, particularly where no written evidence is av~able, the submission of a statutory declaration will be appropriate. Statutory declaration forms are available from most newsagents.

Applications for Special Consideration should be made as soon as possible after the occurrence of the circumstances leading to the request but not more than 3 days after the final examination in asubject. When considering requests for Special Consideration it is the intention of the Faculty to take account of circumstances which adversely affect performance such that the performance of the student concerned does not reflect his or her true competence in a subject. In doing so, the Faculty will be conscious that any Special Consideration given should not disadvantage other students.

Enquiries regarding Special Consideration may be directed to the Faculty Secretary.

Further Assessment

A department may grant further assessment where it considers it appropriate to do so after considering a request for Special

.21

Page 16: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION FOUR

Consideration or to resolve a doubt as to the appropriate result in a subject. Further assessment will normally occur shortly after the final examinatiooin thesubject concerned. Further assessments are normally undertaken:

in the case of irrst semester subjects, before the end of the fifth week of the mid-year recess; and

in the caseoffull-year and secondsemestersubjects, before the end of the first week in December.

In view of the provision for further assessment by departments, the Faculty Board does not normally award results of Incomplete (I); however, it may do so if it deems it appropriate to allow a further short period for further assessment. A student in receipt of a result of Incomplete should immediately contact the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned to arrange a time to undertake further assessment. All further assessment for fuU­year or second semester subjects should be completed by the second week of January.

Failure by a Potential Graduate

Where a student fails a single subject other than the final year project and is thereby prevented from qualifying to graduate, the Faculty Board may award a result of Incomplete (1) in that subject. Such a decision will not be taken until the results of all other subjects required to meet degree requirements are known. Thus a failure in a single first semester subject will be recorded as an FFunless the student has been enrolled in a program which was potentially sufficient to complete degree requirements in first semester. A result of FF given in afirst semester subject may be reviewed at the conclusion of second semester in the light of results obtained in the other subjects in that year and may be amended to 'I' if itis then the onI y subject required to meet degree requirements. All such further assessments should be completed by the second week of January.

Review of Results

Students may apply through the University Examinations Office for areview of finahesults in subjects (see the General Information section of this Handbook for details of the procedure and the fee involved). All requests for review must he made by this procedure. A review of results consists of a check of records to ensure that all work has been marked and all marks were correctly included in the result - it is not a remark of the work submitted. If considered necessary, students may attach a statement to the official request for areview detailing any facts believed to point to an error or omission having been made. Students may also discuss aspects of perfonnance in examinations with the lecturer concerned within a short period after final results have been published in order to gain feedback for educational purposes.

Submission of Final Year Project Reports

Meeting the deadline for submission of final year project reports is considered to be an important element of the subjects concerned. Departments within the Faculty have been requested by Faculty Board to adopt the following policies regarding the submission of fmal year project reports.

22

FACULTY POLICIES

The time for submission of fmal year project report will be set at 5.00 pm on a date (to be specified by the Department concerned) during the November examination period. This date is regarded in the same way as a final formal examination. That is, failure to submit the report at or before the due time is regarded in the same way as failure to attend a formal written examination. The result will be failure, subject to any other decision which may be taken as a result of a request for Special Consideration.

An extension of time for a submission, by way of an Incompletegrade(I)beingawardedinDecember, may only be granted in response to a formal request for Special Consideration made through the Secretary to the University (see Special Consideration policy above). As students are expected to anticipate some delay ordifficulties during the course of their project, Special Consideration will not normally be granted for circumstances involving less than 4 weeks loss of working time for the student.

Submissions presented by the due date but not up to final presentation standard, or which requireanacceptably small amount of additional work. may be granted a result of incomplete (1). Final submission of the report will then be required on a date (to be specified by the Department concerned) before the second weekof January. Project will not be awarded a result higher than 64.

Year/Stage Classification Full-time students are classified by year. Part-time students are classified by stage. Classification is detennined by the number of credit points passed in accordance with. the following table.

Full-time Part-time Credit Year Credit Stage Points Points

0-80 0-40

81-160 2 41-80 2

161-240 3 81-120 3

240-320 4 121-160 4

161-200 5

201-240 6

241-280 7

281-320 8

Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year 5.

SECfION FOUR

Industrial Experience General

Students enrolled in Bachelor of Fngineering programs are required to complete a total of at least 12 weeks of practical work of a nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experience elective. The University can accept no responsibility fOrfinding employment for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience subjects orto find employment in order to satisfy industrial experience requirements. Students experiencing difficulty in obtaining suitable employment should contact the Uni versit y' s Careers and Student Employment Office.

Full-Time Students

Full-time students will normally gain their practical experience during vacation employment. Students should obtain a statement from their employer certifying the nature and period of the employment undertaken and retain the statement so as to be in a position to provide it when called upon to do so.

Part-Time and Sandwich Pattern Students

Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engineering on a part-time basis may choose to take Industrial Experience elective subjects as provided in the relevant course program. To be eligible for enrolment in an Industrial Experience subject, the student must be in approved employment on the 1 November preceding the year in which the subject is to be taken. This approved employment must continue for one calendar year, that is, until the 31 October of the year in which the subject is taken. Students enrolled in Industrial Experience subjects must attend such lectures and seminars, and submit such reports, as the relevant Head of Department may require. Nonnally enrolment in an Industrial Experience subject will not be allowed in the ftrst year of enrolment. Students attending on a 'thick' sandwich pattern should consult with the Course Coordinator before enrolling in an Industrial Experience subject. The successful completion of one Industrial Experience subject satisfies the requirement that students complete 12 weeks practical experience.

Exemptions in Courses

Students entering courses who believe that they may be eligible for exemptions on the basis of previous tertiary study should consult therelevant CourseCoordinatororthe Faculty Secretary. Evidence in theform of original academic transcripts and handbook descriptions of the content of the subjects studied should be provided.

Exemptions for TAFE Certificates

Faculty Board has approved the granting of exemptions to students enrolling in courses who hold certain TAPE Certificates. Theexemptions to be granted will naturally vary according to the TAFE qualification obtained, the course program in which the candidate is enrolled and the current requirements of that program. Details are available from the Faculty Secretary. Exemptions have previously been granted to holders of the following qualifications.

FACULTY POLICIES

Cartography Certificate

Civil Engineering Certificate

Computer Services Technology Certificate

Electrical Engineering Certificate

Electronics Engineering Certificate .

Electronics and Communications Certificate

Engineering SUlVey Certificate

Land and Engineering SUlVey Drafting Certificate

23

Page 17: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FIVE

BACHELOR DEGREE COURSE PROGRAMS

About This Section This section conlains tM detailed hacMlor degree course programs which have been approved by Faculty Board in accordance with the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees in the Faculty of Engineering.

A guide is also provided to the various patterns of attendance by which courses may be completed.

Students are expected to be aware of all aspects of the Course Programandassociated requirements of the course in which they are enrolled. Attention is particularly drawn to the General Course Rules and other policies of the Faculty Board set out in the previous section of this Handbook.

Enquirit'!s fegarding course requiremenls may be directed to the Faculty Secretary or the Course Coordinator indicated in the course enlry concerned.

Guide to Course Attendance Patterns Course Programs are given in this Section for all bachelor degree courses. All students must complete the requirements of the relevant Course Program regardless of their attendance pattern.

The Faculty of Engineering offers a flexible array of attendance patterns which are designed to suit the individual needs of students. Each student may choose a pattern of attendance each year which suits them provided that academic progress is satisfactory and other course rules and requirements are met. The attendance patterns available are summarised below. Further enquiries may be directed to the Faculty Secretary.

24

Full-time Attendance

The great majority of students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering attend as full-time students. Full-time attendance allows full concentration on course requirements during the academic year and is therefore the recommended pattern of attendance. Each course may be completed in a minimum of 4 years of full-time study. The criterion for classification as a full­time student is enrolment in three-quarters or more of the normal full time program. Thus a student enrolled in 60 credit points or more is regarded as a full-time student.

Part-time Attendance

All or part of each Approved Program may be completed by part­time attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. Although a 6 year pattern of attendance, of which the last year is full-time, is possible in the Chemical Engineering program.

The first two part-time stages of all courses are timetabled to permit a single day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. In the latter years of each course, attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the student is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2.

While each student enrolled in less than 60 credit points is regarded as a part-time student, there is no minimum number of subjects in which part-time students must enrol ineach year. Part­time students may also choose to enrol in Industrial Experience subjects and count these units as Elective units as permitted by the Elective Requirements of the relevant course.

SECTION FIVE

Sandwicb Programs

Each course may be undertaken on a 'thick' sandwich attendance pattern in which full-time attendance at University is alternated with full-time employment on an annual basis. This allows work experience to be undertaken in 15 month periods between Years I and II, Years II and ill and Years ill and N. Such a pattern would require a minimum of 7 years to complete degree requirements. Thenumberofyearsofworkexperienceundertaken mayvary accordingtothe needs of the student. As this attendance pattern does not require attendance at University when gaining workexperience,employmentmaybeundertakeninareasremote from the University thereby adding to the diversity of the experience which may be gained and increasing the opportunities to obtain work experience employment.

Students following this pattern MUST apply for re·admission to their course through the Universities Admission Centre (UAC) in September of each year in which they are not enrolled at the University. Re-admission will be automatically approved provided only one year of absence is taken at a time and an application for re-admission is made through U AC.

Tbe Traineeship Pattern

Some traineeships may continue to be offered on the basis of a part-time attendance pattern, however the following program is recommendedasthemostsuitablemethodofcombiningacademic course requirements with work experience.

Year 1 Stage 1 Part-time attendance at University plus vacation work

Year 2 Stage 2 Part-time attendance at University plus vacation work

Year 3 Yearn Full-time attendance at University plus vacation work

Year 4 Year III FUll-time attendance at University

Year 5 Full-time work experience-IS months (approx.)

Year 6 YearN Full-time attendance at University completion of studies.

A further 15 month period of work experience could be included between Years II and ill resulting in a 7 year minimum program.

This attendance pattern allows both the employer and employee a period of assessment in Stages 1 and 2. After completing first year studies, trainees are in a position to give their full attention to their academic studies in YearsII,ill andN of their course and to gain valuable practical experience during the 15 month period( s) of work experience. The length of the major work experience peri.od(s} makes it possible for the trainee to experience a full annual cycle of the operation his or her employer's organisation and to give full attention to participating in the work of that organisation. The length of the major period( s) of work experience also enables trainees to gain practical experience in locations outside Newcastle.

BACHELOR DEGREE COURSE PROGRAMS

Finding Employment

While the Careers and Student Employment Office of the University will assist students to fmd employment to complement their chosen attendance pattern, the University cannot accept any responsibility fo~ finding appropriate positions for students.

Credit Point Transition

In the 1990 Faculty Handbook, courses were expressed in terms of credit points where 48 credit points was considered to be the nonnal annual workload. During 1990 this policy was amended to provide for an 80 credit point annual workload for all courses in the consolidated university. This decision was implemented with effect in 1990 with the result that subjects indicated to have a credit point value of 3 in the 1990 handbook were deemed to have a credit point value of 5 and subjects indicated as 6cp were deemed to have a value of IOcp; and so on. The course programs given in this Handbook are expressed in the new fonnat.

25

Page 18: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SEerlON FIVE

Chemical Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Chemical Engineering Designated Department: Department of Chemical Engineering Course Coordinator: Mr J. Roberts

Course Program Subjects Credit Points

YEARl

Semester 1

CHEEIII CHEMIOI MATHlII MECH102 PHYS101

Semester 2

CHEEII2 CHEEII3 CHEMI02 MATHlI2

Industrial Process Principles Chemistry 101 Mathematics 111· Programming Physics 101 •

5 10 10 5

10

Introduction to Chemical Engineering 10 Chemical. and Manufacturing Processes 10 Chemistry 102 10 Mathematics 112* 10

80 • Approved Options

1. MA1lII02 and MATIII03mayreplace MAUn 11 and MATH112

2. PHYSI02 may replace PHYSlOl.

YEAR II Semester 1

CHEE241 Design Principles 10 CHEE242 Chemical Engineering Computations 10 CHEE263 Transfer Principles 1 10 CHEE281 Laboratory 1 5 MATH201 Multivariable Calculus 5

Semester 2

CHEE264 Transfer Principles 2 10 CHEE282 4OOratory 2 10 CHEM241 Physical Chemistry 10 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5 MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 .2

80

YEARlII

Semester 1

CHEE321 Modelling of Processes 5 CHEE332 Thermodynamics 10 CHEE341 Project Engineering 10 CHEE382 Laboratory 3 5

Technical Electives 10 Semester 2 CHEE342 Safety and Environment 10 CHEE372 Separation Processes 10 CHEE381 Engineering Applications Laboratory 5 CHEE383 Laboratory 4 5

Technical Electives 10 80

26

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

YEAR IV

Semester 1 CHEE421 Process Control and Instrumentation 10 CHEE432 Kinetics and Reaction Fngineering 10

Semester 2 General Electives

Both Semesters

CHEE491 Seminar CHEE495 Design Project CHEE497 Research Project

General Course Rules

15

5 20 1Q 80

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Technical Electives Technical Elective subjects must selected from the list below. Not all Technical Elective subjects will be offered in anyone year. The subjects to be offered will be displayed on the Department Notice Board in September of the previous year.

Technical Elective Subjects Credit Points

CHEE351 Electrochemistry and Corrosion 5 CHEE352 Transport Phenomena 5 CHEE353 Sutface ChemislIy I 10 CHEE354 Biotechnology 5 CHEE356 Process Synthesis 5 CHEE365 Introduction to Mineral Processing 5 CHEE357 Fuel Technology I 5 CHEE358 Process Metallurgy I 5

General Electives General Electives may be chosen from any subjects offered within the University at 100, 200, 300, or400 level provided thal prerequisites are met (or written permission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject). Recommended electives are listed below. Not all elective subjects may be offered in anyone year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year of the particular CHEE400 level elective subjects which are intended to be offered.

Recommended GeMral Elective Subjects Credit Points

CHEE191 Industrial Experience '" 5 CHEE192 Industrial Experience '" 5 CHEE193 Industrial Experience '" 5 CHEEl94 Industrial Experience '" 5 CHEE451 Sutface Chemistry 2 5 CHEE452 Mineral Processing 2 5 CHEE453 Process Optimization 5 CHEE454 Fuel Technology 2 5 CHEE455 Heat Transfer 5 CHEE456 Process Metallurgy 2 5 CHEE496 Advanced Design Project 10 CHEE498 Advanced Research Project 10 PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1 10 STA 1'205 Engineering Statistics 5

"'May be taken by part-time students after Stage I.

SECTION FIVE

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved .. without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

part-time Attendance All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of tbeCourse Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. The first two stages of the course are timetabled to permit a single-day work release altendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects Credit Points

STAGE!

Semester 1

CHEEll1 Industrial Process Principles CHEMIOI Chemistry 101 MECHl02 Programming

Semester 2

CHEE112 Introduction to Chemical Engineering CHEMI02 Chemistry 102

STAGE 2 Semester 1

MATHl1 I Mathemalics 111* PHYSIOI Physics 101*

Semester 2

MATH112 Mathemalics 112* CHEE113 Chemical and Manufacturing Processes

Both Semesters

CHEE191 Industrial Experience

• Approved Options

5 10

5

10 10 40

10 10

10 10

.2 45

I. MA.'!1!102andMATIU03mayreplaceMATIUll andMATH112.

2. PHYSI02mayreplacePHYSIOl.

In the latter years of the course, attendance will be required al various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended by the Faculty Board after Stage 2 (see the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning ofthis section of the Handbook). However, students in Chemical Engineering may follow a program enabling the requirements of the Course Program to be met in a minimum of 7 years of part-time study. Details of this program are available from the Course Coordinator.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the COmmencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it fonns part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects CHEE261 CHEE262 CHEE331 and 5cp Technical Elective CHEE431 and 5cp General Elective CHEM204 MATH101 MATH101 and MATHl02

New Subjects CHEE264 CHEE263 CHEE332 CHEE432 CHEM241 MATHll1 MATHll1 and MATH112

Students who completedMA THI 02 in 1990 but didnotcomplete MATHI01 orMATHI03 may choose to take eitherMATHIII in Semester 1 or MA THI 03 in Semester 2 to complete the mathemalics requirements of Year I.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

Combined Degree Programs Combineddegreeprogramsareavailablewhichallowcompletion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the Specialisation of Chemical Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) and Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Chemistry Major). The subjects undertaken in theflrst year of study of each program are identical to thoserequiredin the Chemical Engineering program. Combined degree programs each require a minimum of 5 years full-time study.

Note thal students undertaking a combined degree program are altempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note thal HECS will becalculatedon the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separale degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects .

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by students who attain an aggregate of marks in the top 7% of the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Current students may enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year I if they have achieved a W AM of 70. Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may be consulted regarding applica1ion details and course requirements.

27

Page 19: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SEcrION FIVE

Civil Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisalion of Civil Engineering Designated Department: Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying Course Coordinator: Dr W. G. Field

Course Program Subjects Credit Points

YEAR I Semester 1

CIVLl1 I Mechanics and Structures 5 MATHl1 I Mathematics 111 • 10 MECHl21 Materials 1 5 PHYSIOI Physics 101 • 10 SURYll1 Surveying 1 10

Senutster 2 CIVL13 I fluid Mechanics 1 5 MATH112 Mathematics 112 • 10 MECHl02 Programming 5 MECH1l1 Engineering Drawing 5 SURY112 Surveying 2 10

FuJl year

MECHIOI Introduction to Engineering ...i 80

.. Approved Options

1. MA nIl02 andMA TIlI03 mayreplaceMA TIllll and MA TIll 12. 2. PHYSl02 may replace PHYSlOl.

YEAR II Semester 1

CIVL212 Mechanics of Solids 5 CIVL222 Materials 2 5 CIVL232 fluid Mechanics 2 5 CIVL241 Environmental Science 5 • CIVL271 Transportation Engineering 10 LAW291 Legal Process 5 MATH201 Multivariable Calculus 5

Semester 2 CIVL213 Theory of Structures 1 5 CIVL223 Materials 3 5 CIVL224 Geoteclmical Investigation 10 CIVL233 fluid Mechanics 3 5 CIVL251 Systems 5 MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 5 MECH205 Engineering Computations ...i

80 YEARIU

Semester 1

CIVL314 Theory of Structures 2 5 CIVL315 Stress Analysis 5 CIVL316 Structural Design 1 10 CIVL325 Soil Mechanics 1 5 CIVL334 Open Channel Hydraulics 5 CIVL381 Statistical Methods 5

28

CIVll.. ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Senutster 2

CIVL317 Structural ~ign 2 10 CIVL326 Soil Mechanics 2 5 CIVL327 Concrete and Metals Technology 5 CIVL342 Hydrology 5 CIVL352 Management 5 CIVL382 Finite Element Methods 5

FuJl year

PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1 10 80

YEARlY

Semester 1

CIVL418 Theory of Structures 3 5 CIVL428 Geotechnical Engineering 5 CIVL443 Water Resources Engineering 5 CIVL453 Civil Engineering Design 1 15

Elective 5

Semester 2

CIVL454 Civil Engineering Design 2 15 Electives 15

Full year

CIVL455 Project 12 80

General Course Rules The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements Electives may be chosen from any subjects offered within the University at 100, 200, 300,or400level provided that prerequisites are met (or written pennission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject). Recommended electives are listed below. Not all electives may be offered in anyone year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which CIVIAOO level elective subjects will be available.

Recommended Elective Subjects Credit Points

CHEE342 Safety and Environment 10 CIVL191 Industrial Experience * 5 CIVL192 Industrial Experience * 5 CIVLI93 Industrial Experience * 5 CIVLl94 Industrial Experience * 5 CIVIA 19 Masonry and Timber Design 5 CIVIA10 Dynamics and Stability of Structures 5 CIVL429 Rock Mechanics 5 CIVIA35 River and Coastal Engineering 5 CIVIA72 Highway Engineering 5 CIVL491 Special Topic 5 CIVL492 Special Topic 5 ECON371 Principles of Economics 10 MATHl03 Mathematics 103 10 MA TH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5 SURY213 Swveying 3 10 SURV214 Optics and Mining Surveying 5

*May be laken by part-time students after Stage I.

SECfION FIVE

SURY215 SURY361 SURY473

Electronic Distance Measurement Photogrammetry 1 Town Planning

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

5 10 10

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written pennission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part-time Attendance All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. The fIrst two stages of the course are timetabled to permit a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects Credit Points

STAGE I

Senutster 1 MATHlll Mathematics 111 • 10 SURYlll SUIVeying 1 10 Senutster 2 MATH1l2 Mathematics 112. 10 SURY1l2 Surveying 2 10

40 STAGE 2 Senutster 1 CIVL1ll Mechanics and Structures 5 MECHl21 Materials 1 5 PHYSIOI Physics 101 • 10 Semester 2 CIVL131 fluid Mechanics I 5 MECHI02 Programming 5 MECHlll Engineering Drawing 5 Full Year MECH101 Introduction to Engineering ...i

40 .. Approved Options

I. MAlHI02andMATHI03mayreplaceMATIlIl1 and MAlHI 12. 2. PHYSI02 may replace PHYSIOI.

Aftercompletion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommendedafterStage2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

CIVll.. ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it forms part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects GEOL224 MATHlo\ MATHIOI and MATH102

New Subjects CIVL224 MATHlll MA THill and MATH1l2

Students who completed MA TII102in 1990but didnotcomplete MATH101 orMATHI03 may choose to take either MATH111 in Semester 1 or MA TH1 03 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics requirements of Year I.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

Combined Degree Programs

BE(Civil Engineering)/BSurv

A progmm which allows completion of the requirements of the BE(Civil Engineering) and BSurv is also available. The subjects undertaken in the first year of study of each program are identical to those required in the Civil Engineering program. The BEJ BSUIV degree program requires a minimum of 5 years full-time study. Admission to the program will begrantedaftersatisfactory completion of Year I of either program (that is a W AM of 55 or more).

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS ~ll becalculatedon the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

The detailed BE(Civil Engineering)/BSuIV combined degree programis summarised in theSurveying section of this Handbook.

Application

Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may beconsultedregardingapplicationdetailsandcourserequirements.

Other Combined Degree Programs

Combined degree programs may also be available which allow completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Civil Engineering together with the requirements for another degree, for example Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) and Bachelor of Science (BSc). The development of an individual program which meet with the approval of the Deans of both faculties concerned will berequired. Students nonnally apply to enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year I. These combined degree programs require a W AM of 70 for entry.

29

Page 20: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FIVE

Computer Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Computer Engineering Designated Department: Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Course Coordinator: Associate Professor P.r. Moylan

Course Program Subjects

YEAR I Semester 1 MATH102 PHYSI02 MECHl21 Semester 2

Mathematics 102 • Physics 102 Materials 1

MATH103 Mathematics 103 • PHYSI03 Physics 103 CIVL111 Mechanics and Structures MECH111 Engineering Drawing Both Semesters ELEC130 Electrical Fngineering 1 ELEC170 Computer Engineering 1 MECH101 Introduction to Engineering

• Approved Option

See note on Year I Mathematics Option below

YEAR II Semester 1

MATH201 MATH206 MATH218 PHYS201

Semester 2

Multivariable Calculus Complex Analysis Linear Algebra 2 • Quantum Mechanics and Electromagnetics

Credit Points

10 10 5

10 10 5 5

10 10

~ 80

5 5 5

10

MA TH203 Oidinary Differential Equations 1 5 ELEC220 • Electronics 1 10

Both Semesters

COMP101 ELEC230

Computer Science 1 Electrical Fngineering 2

• Approved Option

MA1H217 may be taken in lieu ofMATIl218

YEAR III Semester 1

COMP201 C0MP205 MATH212 Semester 2 C0MP204 COMP206

30

Advanced Data Structures Programming in C Discrete Mathematics

Programming Language Semantics Theory of Computation

20 20 80

5 5 5

5 5

COMPUTER ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Both Semesters

ELEC320 Electronics 2 ELEC350 Communica1ions ELEC370 Computer Engineering 2 MECH361 Automatic Control

YEAR IV Semester 1 I Semester 2

Computer Engineering Electives "'''' General Electives "''''

Both Semesters

ELEC485 Computer Engineering Project and Seminar

•• See Elective Requirements listed below.

General Course Rules

IS 10 20 10 80

30 20

30 80

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non·standard program.

Year I Mathematics Option MATHI02 assumes attainment of a mark of at least 120/150 in 3 unit Mathematics at theNSW HSC examination. It is expected that students wishing to prepare for anhonours degree and/or for entry to any combined degree program, will take MATHI02 and MA TIl I 03. It is also recommended that students who successfully complete MATHI02 and MATHI03, undertake MATH218 in Yearn.

Students underprepared for entry to MATHI02 may take MATHlII and MATHlI2inlieuofMATHl02andMATHI03. Those students who successfully complete MATH111 and MATHl12must takeMATH2l7 in lieu ofMATH218 in Yearn, and may then choose to take MA TH218 as 5cp of General Elective.

Elective Requirements The requirements of each of the three elective categories is given below.

Computer Engineering Electilles (Year W)

A total of 30 credit points (3 subjects) is to be chosen from the subjects listed below .

Subjects Credit Points

ELEC420 Advanced Electronics 10 ELEC440 Advanced Control 10 ELEC441 Control System Design and Management 10 ELEC450 Advanced Communica1ions 10 ELEC460 Computer Software 10 ELEC470 Computer Systems 10 COMP301 Compiler Design 10 COMP303 Computer Networks 10 COMP304 Database Design 10 COMP306 Computer Graphics 10

Not all Computer Engineering Electives may be offered in any one year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which 400 level elective subjects will be available.

SHCfrON FIVE

General Electilles (Year W)

Electives may be chosen from any subjects offered within the University all 00, 200, 300, or 400 level provided that prerequisites are met (or written pennission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject). Recommended electives are listed below.

Subjects

ELECTI92 ELECTI93 ELECTI94 ELECTI95 MATH202 MATH205 MATH211 MATH213 MATH214 MATH215 MATH216 MECH382 MECH384 PHIL101 PHIL391

Industrial Experience ** Industrial Experience *'" Industrial Experience "'''' Industrial Experience *'" Partial Differential Equations Analysis· Metric Spaces Group Theory Mathematical Modelling Mechanics Operations Research Numerical Analysis Engineering Administration'" Engineering Economics 1* Introduction to Philosophy Technology and Human Values 1*

... Preferred General Elective choices.

Credit Points

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

20 10

•• Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by part·time students after Stage 1.

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part-time Attendance All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part·time attendance. Part·time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full·time year. The first two stages of the course are timetabled to permit a single·day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects

STAGE!

Semester 1 MATH102 Mathematics 102 •

Semester 2

MA THI03 Mathematics 103 •

Both Semesters

ELEC130 Electrical Engineering I ELEC170 Computer Engineering I

• Approved Optlon

See note on Year I Mathematics Option above.

Credit Points

10

10

10 10 40

COMPUTER ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

STAGE 2

Semester 1 MECH111 Engineering Drawing 5 PHYSI02 Physics 102 10

Semester 2

CIVL111 Mechanics and Structures 5 MECHI21 Materials I 5 PHYSI03 Physics 103 10

Both Semesters

MECH101 Introduction to Engineering ~ 40

Aftercompletion of the alxwe program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full ·time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part·time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the begiruting of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it fonns part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Prograrn.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Prellious Subjects MATH101 MATH101 andMATH102 MATH208

New Subjects MATH I 11 MATHl11 and MATH112 MATH218

Students who completedMA TIll 02in 1990 but did not complete MATH101 or MATHl03 may choose to takeeitherMATH111 in Semester 1 or MA THI 03 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics requirements of Year 1. MATH1 03 is recommended for students intending to work towards the attainment of an honours degree.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

Combined Degree Programs Combined degree programs are available which allow completion of the requirements forthe Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Computer Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc), Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) and Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Physics Major). The subjects undertaken in the first yearof study of each program are identical to those required in the Computer Engineering program. Combined degree programs each require a minimum of 5 years full·time study.

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any

31

Page 21: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION FIVE

combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by students who attain an aggregate of marks in the top 7% of the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Students may also apply to enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year I. Most combined degree programs require a WAM of 70 for entry. However, students enrolled in theBE(Computer Engineering) or BCompSc in 1990 may enter the BE(Computer Engineering)! BCompSc program after satisfactory completion of Year I of either program (that is, attainment of a WAM of 55 or more) in 1991 only. In future years a W AM of 70 will also be required for admission to that program. Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may be consulted regarding application details and course requirements.

B.E.(Computer Engineerlog)IBCompSc

Thefollowing program has been approved by the Faculty Board.

Year I

Year I of the Computer Engineering Course Program (Total 80 credit points)

Year II

Year II of the Computer Engineering Course Program plus PH!L242. (Tota185 credit points)

Year III

Year m of the Computer Engineering Course Program plus MATH216. ([otal85 credit points)

Year IV

Year IV of the Computer Engineering Course Program less General Electives plus COMn02, COMP203, MATH215 and STA T203. ([otal80 credit points)

Year V

Year ill of the BCompSc Course Program. (fotal 80 credit points)

32

COMPtITER ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Computer Science Degree: Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc)

Designated Department: Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

Course Coordinator: Associate Professor 1. Rosenberg

Course Program

Subjects

YEAR I

Semester 1

MA THIll Mathematics 111 •

Semester 2 MATH112 Mathematics 112·

Both Semesters

COMP101 Computer Science 1 ELEC170 Computer Engineering 1

Year I Electives

• Approved Option

Credit Points

10

10

20 10 30 80

MAllil02 and MATIII03 may replace MATIIlll and MATII112.

YEAR II Semester 1

COMP201 Advanced Data Structures 5 COMP203 Assembly Language 5 COMP205 Programming in C 5 MATH212 Discrete Mathematics 5 MATH217 linear Algebra 1 • 5 STAT203 Queues and Simulation 5

Year IT Electives 10

Semester 2

COMP202 Computer Architecture 5 COMP204 Programming Language Semantics 5 COMP206 Theory of Computation 5 MATH215 Operations research 5 MATH216 Numerical Analysis 5 PH!L242 Basic Symbolic Logic 5

Yearn Electives lQ 80

• Approved Option Students who take MATHI02 and MATIII03 in Year I may replace MATII217 with MATII218 LineW'" Algebra 2.

YEAR III Semester 1

C0MP301 COMP303 C0MP305

Semester 2

COMP302 C0MP304 C0MP306 COMP308

Compiler Design Computer Networks Design and Analysis of Algorithms

Artificial Intelligence Database Design Computer Graphics •• Operating Systems

10 10 10

10 10 10 10

SECTION FIVE

Both Semesters

C0MP307 Software Engineering Principles 10 80

•• COMP306CompuJerGraphicJmay notbe offered in 1991 in which case students will be required to undertake the substitute subject COMP391 Special Topic 1 unless pennitted by the Course Coordinator to take an alternative subject

General Course Rules

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements

Electives may be chosen from any subjects offered within the University at 100,200,300, or400 level provided that prerequisites are met (or written permission obtamed from the Head of the Department offering the subject). Recommended electives are listed below.

Recommended Elective Subjects Credit Points

For Year I

ELECI30 INFOIOI INFOl02 PH!LIOI PHYSIOI PHYSI02 PHYSI03 PSYCIOI PSYCI02

Electrical Engineering 1 10 Introduction to Information ~ystems * 10 Information Storage and Management * 10 Introduction to Philosophy 20 Physics 101 10 Physics 102 ** 10 Physics 103 ** 10 Psychology Introduction 1 10 Psychology Introduction 2 10

• Students intending totake INF0202 AnalysisofInfonnation Systems, INF0203 Infonnation Systems Design or lNF0204 Commercial Programming as Year II Electives should select lNFOI01 and INFOI02 as Year I Elective subjects.

•• StudentsintendingtoentertheBE(ComputerEngineering)JBCompSc combined degree program should take ELEC130, PHYSI02 and PHYSI03 as their YeW'" I Elective subjects.

For Year II

C0MP241 ELEC370 INF0202 INF0203 INF0204 PIllL391 PSYC201 PSYC202 PSYC203

Cognitive Science Computer Engineering 2 Analysis of Information Systems Information Systems Design Commercial Programming Technology and Human Values 1 Foundations for Psychology Basic Processes Developmental and Social Processes

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

10 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

CONWUTERscrnNCECOURSEPROGRAM

Part-time Attendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. ParHime students will normally take two years for each eqUivalent fUll-time year. The first two stages of the course are timetabled to permit a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects Credit Points

STAGEl

Semester 1

MA THIll Mathematics 111 •

Semester 2

MATH1l2 Mathematics 112·

Both Semesters

COMP101 Computer Science 1

• Approved Option

10

10

2Q 40

MATI-II02and MATHI03 may replace MATIIl11 and MATIl112.

STAGE 2

Both Semesters

ELECl70 Computer Engineering 1 Year I Electives

10 30 40

Aftercompletion of the above program attendance will berequired at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2 Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it forms part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects MATHIOI MATHIOI andMATHI02

New Subjects MATHlll MATH 1 11 andMATH1l2

Students who completed MA THI02in 1990 but did not complete MATHI0l orMATHl03 may choose either to take MATH111 in Semester 1 or MA THI 03 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics requirements of Year I.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

33

Page 22: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION FIVE

Combined Degree Programs

Combineddegreeprogramsareavailabiewhichallowcompletion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Computer Science together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) or Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Physics or Psychology Majors). These programs require a minimum of 4 years full-time study. A program which allows completion of the requirements oftheBE(ComputerEngineering) andBCompScis also available and requires a minimum of 5 years full-lime study.

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annuaIload of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of Ute proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

The combined BE(Computer Engineering)/BCompSc program is set out in the Computer Engineering course program section. Students enrolled in theBCompSccourse who wish to undertake the combined degree program should take ELEC130, PHYS102 and PHYS103 as their Year I Elective subjects and, after being admitted tothecombinedBE(Computer Fngineering)IBCompSc program will take CIVL111, MECH101, MECH111 and MECH121 in lieu ofCOMP101 in their second year.

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by students who attain an aggregate of marks in the top 7% of the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Students may also apply to enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year 1. Most combined degree programs require a WAM of 70 for entry. However, students enrolled in theBE(Computer Fngineering) or BCompSc in 1990 may enter the BE(Computer Fngineering)/ BCompSc program after satisfactory completion of Year I of either program (that is, attainment of a WAM of 55 or more) in 1991 only. In future years a WAMof70 will also be required for admission to that.program. Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty S~etary may be consulted regarding application details and course requirements.

34

CONWUTER SCrnNCE COURSE PROGRAM

Computer Science Honours Degree: Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) (BCompSc(Hons))

DesignaJed Department: Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

Course Coordinator: Dr B. Beresford-Smith

The BCompSc(Hons) program is a postgraduate degree taken over one full-time year or two part-time years. The program is normally undertaken by students with a superior record in the BCompSc program who wish to deepen their knowledge in the discipline of Computer Science as further preparation for professional practice or to meet the requirements for admission to a research degree program. Entry to the honours program is possible for graduates of other disciplines. Enquiries regarding admission should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

The BCompSc(Hons) course program approved by the Faculty Board is presented below.

Course Program Subjects Credit Points

COMP425 Honours Project 20 Selected COMP400 Level Subjects • ~

80

• In exceptional circwnstances the Head oftheDepartmentofElecuical Engineering and Computer Science may approve enrobnent in other subjects.

COMP400 Level Subjects

All COMP400 Level subjects are listed below. Not all subjects will be offered in anyone year. Students will be advised of subjects intended to be offered in September of the preceding year. Subjects indicated as available may be withdrawn if enrolment is insufficient.

Subjects Credit Points

COMP401 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 10 COMP402 Fonnal Semantics of Programming

Languages 10 COMP403 Advanced Computer Architecture 10 COMP404 Parallel Computation and VLSI IO COMP405 Digital Image Processing IO COMP406 Advanced Operating Systems IO COMP408 Natural Language Processing 10 COMP409 Advanced Compiler Design 10 COMP4IO Advanced Computer Networks 10 COMP4Il Special Topic A IO COMP412 Special Topic B IO COMP413 Special Topic C 10 COMP414 Special Topic D 10 COMP435 Special Topic E 20

SECfION FIVE

Electrical Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Electrical Engineering

Designated Department: Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

Course Coordinator: Associate Professor D.l. Hill

Course Program Subjects

YEAR I Semester 1

MATHl02 MECHIlI PHYSI02

Semester 2

CIVLlIl MATHI03 MECHI21 PHYSI03

Mathematics 102 • Fngineering Drawing Physics 102

Mechanics and Structures Mathematics 103 • Materials I Physics 103

Both Semesters

ELECJ30 ELECI70 MECHIOI

Electrical Fngineering 1 Computer Fngineering 1 Introduction to Engineering

• Approved Option

See note on Year I Mathematics Option below.

YEAR II

Semester 1

COMPI02 MATH20I MATH206 MATH218 PHYS201

Semester 2

ELEC220 MATH203 MECH205

Introduction to Programming Multivariable Calculus Complex Analysis 1 Linear Algebra 2 • Quantum Mechanics and Electromagnetics

Electronics 1 Ordinary Differential Equations I Engineering Computations

Both Semesters

ELEC230 Electrical Fngineering 2 MECH231 Dynamics

• Approved Option

MA1H217 may replace MATH218

YEAR III

Semester 1

MECH271 Thennodynamics

Semester 1 or Semester 2

Mathematics Elective ..

Credit Points

IO 5

IO

5 10 5

10

IO IO

i 80

5 5 5 5

IO

10 5 5

20 10 80

5

5

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Both Semesters

ELEC310 Power Fngineering ELEC320 Electronics 2 ELEC350 Communications ELEC370 Computer Engineering' 2 MECH361 Automatic Control

YEAR IV

Semester 11 Semester 2

General Electives .* Both Semesters

ELEC480 Electrical Fngineering Electives •• Electrical Fngineering Project and Seminar

•• See Elective Requirements listed below

General Course Rules

15 15 IO 20 10 80

20

30

30 80

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Year I Mathematics Option

MA TH1 02 assumes attainment of a mark of at least 120/150 in 3 unit Mathematics at the NSW HSC examination. It is expected that students wishing to prepare for an honours degree and/or for entry to any combined degree program, will takeMATHI02and MA nU03. Itis also recommended that studenlswhosuccessfully complete MATHI02 and MATHl03, undertake MATH218 in Year II.

Students underprepared for entry to MATH102 may take MA THI I I and MATHI I2inlieu ofMA THI02andMATHI03. Those students who successfully complete MATH111 and MATHl12must takeMATH217 in lieu ofMATH218 in YearII, and may then choose to take MA TH218 as the 5cp Mathematics Elective in Year III.

Elective Requirements

The requirements of each of the three elective categories are given below.

Mathematics Elective (Year 1/1)

One 5 credit point subject is to be selected from those subjects offered by the Department of Mathematics at 200 or 300 level. The prerequisite and corequisite requirements of the selected subject must be satisfied or written permission to enrol gained from the Head of the Department of Mathematics.

Electrical Engineering Electives (Year IV)

A total of 30 credit points (3 subjects) is to be chosen from the subjects listed below. All SUbjects listed are offered as full-year subjects.

35

Page 23: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FIVE

Credit Points Subjects

ELEC410 ELEC420 ELEC440 ELEC441 ELEC450 ELEC470

Advanced Power Engineering 10 Advanced Electronics 10 Advanced Control 10 Control System Design and Management 10 Advanced Communications 10 Computer Systems 10

Not all Electrical Engineering Electives may be offered in any one year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which 400 level elective subjects will be available.

General Electives (Year W)

Electives may be chosen from any subjects offered within the University at 1 00, 200, 300, or 400 level provided that prerequisites are met (or written permission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject). Recommended electives are listed below.

Subjects

ELECfI92 ELECfl93 ELECfl94 ELECfl95 MATH20Z MATH205 MATHZlI MATHZI3 MATHZI4 MATHZI5 MATHZI6 MECH38Z MECH384 PHILIOI PHIL391

Industrial Experience "'* Industrial Experience ** Industrial Experience ** Industrial Experience ** Partial Differential Equations Analysis - Metric Spaces Group Theory Mathematical Modelling Mechanics Operations Research Numerical Analysis Engineering Administration* Engineering Economics 1* Introduction to Philosophy Technology and Human Values 1*

• Preferred General Elective choices.

Credit Points

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

20 10

.* Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by part-time sbJdents after Stage 1. ,

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Emolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part-time Attendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. Part-time students will nonnally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. The first two stages of the course are timetabled to permit a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures.

36

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

These stages are:

Subjects

STAGEl

Semester 1

MA THI 02 Mathematics 102 • Semester 2 MA TH103 Mathematics 103 •

Both Semesters

ELEC\30 ELECI70

Electrical Engineering 1 Computer Engineering 1

• Approved Option

See note 00 Year I Mathematics Optioo above.

STAGE 2

Semester 1

MECHllI PHYSIOZ

Semester 2

CNLlll MECHIZI PHYSI03

Engineering Drawing Physics 102

Mechanics and Structures Materials 1 Physics 103

Both Semesters

MECH101 Introduction to Engineering

Credit Points

10

10

10 10 40

5 10

5 5

10

,i 40

Aftercompletion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the begiruting of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it fonns part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects MATHIOI MATHIOI andMATHIOZ

New Subjects MATHlIl MA THlIl and MA TH1I2

Students who completed MA THI02in 1990 but did not complete MATHIOI orMATH103 may choose to take either MATHll1 in Semester 1 or MA THI 03 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics requirements of Year I. MATHI 03 is recommended for students intending to work towards Ute attainment of an honours degree.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

SECTION FIVE

Combined Degree Programs

Combineddegreeprogramsareavailablewhichallowcompletion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Electrical Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Mathematics (BMath) or Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Physics Major) by a minimum of 5 years full~time study. The subjects undertaken in the first year of study of each program are identical to those required in the Electrical Fngineering program.

No~ that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which eachindividual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it fonns part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by students who attain an aggregate of marks in the top 7% of the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Students may also apply to enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year I. Admission to either combined degree program requires a W AM of 70 for entry. Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may be consulted regarding the course programs and application details.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Industrial Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Industrial Engineering

Designated Department: Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Coordinator: Mr G.D. Butler

Course Program Subjects

YEAR I Semester 1

MATHlIl MECHiOZ MECHilI PHYSIOI Semester 2

Mathematics 111 * Programming Engineering Drawing Physics 101 •

CIVL111 Mechanics and Structures MATHlIZ Mathematics liZ· MECHIZI Materials I MECHI03 Fngineering Chemistry PHYSIOZ Physics 102· Both Semesters ELECI70 Computer Fngineering I MECHIOI Introduction to Fngineering

• Approved Options

Credit Points

10 5 5

10

5 10 5 5

10

10 ,i

80

1. MA 1HI02 andMA 111103 mayreplaceMA11Illi and MA11Il12.

2. PHYSI02 and PHYS103 may replace PHYSI01 and PHYSI02.

YEAR II Semester 1

MATH201 Multivariable Calculus 5 MECH204 Experimental Methods 1 5 MECH241 Mechanics of Solids 1 5 MECHZ71 Thennodynamics 1 5 STATZ05 Engineering Statistics 5

Semester 2

MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 5 MECH205 Engineering Computations 5 MECHZZZ Materials 2 5 MECH251 Fluid Mechanics I 5

Both Semesters

ELEC\30 Electrical Engineering 1 10 MECHZ13 Mechanical Engineering Design 1 15 MECH23Z Dynamics lQ

80 YEAR III Semester 1

MECH381 Methods Engineering 5 MECH384 Engineering Economics 1 5 MECH387 Operations Research 1 5

37

Page 24: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FIVE

Semester 2

ELECZII Electrical Energy Conversion 5 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5 MECH382 Engineering Administration 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing 5 MECH388 Operations Research 2 5

Both Semesters

MECH361 Automatic Control 10 PHIL391 Technology and Human Values 1 10

Electives li 80

YEARlY

Semester 1

MECH485 Production Scheduling 5

Semester 2

MECH431 Robotics 5 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 5

Both Semesters

MECH496 Project/Seminar 25 Electives 40

80 General Course Rules

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements

Electives must be chosen from the list of Approved Elective Subjects given below. Not all electives may be offered in anyone year and the entry requirements for selected subjects must be met. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which MECH 300 and 400 level elective subjects will be available.

Approved EJectiv~ Subjects Credit Points

COMMIOI Financial Accounting Fundamentals 10 COMMI02 • Financial Management Fundamentals 10 COMPI02 Introduction to Programming 5 COMP201 Advanced Data Structures 5 COMP203 Assembler Language 5 COMP205 Programming in C 5 COMP302 Artificial Intelligence 10 COMP306 Computer Graphics 10 ECONIOI Economics 1 20 LAWIOI Foundations of Law 10 MATH204 Real Analysis 5 MATH206 Complex Analysis 1 5 MATH217 Linear Algebra 1 5 MECHl91 Industrial Experience * 5 MECHl92 Industrial Experience * 5 MECHI93 Industrial Experience * 5 MECH304 Experimental Methods 2 10 MECH305 Advanced Numerical Programming 5 MECH309 Noise Pollution & Control 5 MECH314 Mechanical Engineering Design 2 5 MECH315 Computer Aided Design 5

38

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

MECH316 Finite Element Methods in Design 5 MECH317 Bulk Materials Handling 1 5 MECH318 Conveyin~ of Bulk Solids 5 MECH323 Materials 3 5 MECH324 Ceramic Science and Technology 5 MECH325 Polymer Science and Technology 5 MECH326 Fabrication of Metals 5 MECH333 Dynamics of Machines 5 MECH342 Mechanics of Solids 2 5 MECH352 Fluid Mechanics 2 10 MECH372 Heat Transfer 1 5 MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing 5 MECH407 Environmental Engineering 5 MECH409 Vibration and Noise Problems 5 MECH412 Bulk Materials Handling 2 5 MECH415 Mechanical Engineering Design 3 5 MECH419 Maintenance Engineering 5 MECH421 Composites in Engineering 5 MECH453 Fluid Mechanics 3 5 MECH473 Introduction to Turbulence 5 MECH474 Heat Transfer 2 5 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 5 MECH497 Directed Reading ** 5 MECH498 Directed Reading .., 10 MNGT201 Management 201 10 MNGT202 Management 202 10 PHIL392 Technology and Human Values 1 10

General Electives *** 20

* Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by part-time students after Stage 1.

** MECH497 and MECH498 are normally taken as substantial extensions to MECH496. Supervision must be arranged and the written permission of the Head of the Department obtained before enrolment will be permilted in these subjects.

** * General Electives may be any subject(s) offered within the University at 100,200,300 or 400 level provided the prerequisites are met (or written permission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject).

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permiSsion of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part-time AUendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All orpart of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. The first two stages of the course are timetabled to permit asingle-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

SECTION FIVE

Subjects

STAGEl

Semester 1

MATHl1 I MECHll1

Semester 2 CIVLll1 MATH112 MECH103

Mathematics 111 • Engineering Drawing

Mechanics & Structures Mathematics 112 • Engineering Chemistry

Both Semesters

MECH101 Introduction to Engineering

STAGE 2

Semester 1

MECHI02 PHYSIOI

Semester 2

MECHI21 PHYSI02

Programming Physics 101 •

Materials 1 Physics 102 •

Both Semesters

ELEC170 Computer Engineering 1

'" Approved Options

Credit Points

10 5

5 10 5

~ 40

5 10

5 10

10 40

1. MA1HI02andMATHI03mayreplaceMATIIll1 andMATHl12. 2. PHYSI02 andPHYSI03 may replacePHYSlOl andPHYSI02.

After completion of the above program attendance will berequired at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Pallerns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it forms part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects MATHIOI MATHIOI andMATH102

New Subjects MATHll1 MATH111 andMATH112

Students who completed MA TIll 02in 1990 but did not complete MATHI0l orMATHI03 may choose either to take MATHll1 in Semester 1 or MATH103 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics Iequirements of Year I.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may detennine the transition program to be followed.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Combined Degree Programs

A combined degree program is available which allows completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Industrial Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc).

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by students who attain an aggregate of marks in the top 7% of the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Such students may complete the program by a minimum of 5 years full-time study. The subjects studied in Year I of the combined program will be CIVLll1, COMPIOI, ELECI30, ELECI70, MATHI02, MATHI03, MECHlOI, MECHl1 I and MECHI21 (80 credit points).

Students may also apply to enter the combined degree program at the conclusion of Year I and will require a W AM of70 for entry but may require more then 5 years to complete the requirements of the combined program. Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may be consulted regarding application details and course requirements.

39

Page 25: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FIVE

Mechanical Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Mechanical Engineering

Designated Department: Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Coordinator: Mr l.W. Hayes

Course Program Subjects Credit Points

YEAR I

Semester 1

MATH I 11 Mathematics 111· 10 MECHl02 Programming 5 MECHl11 Engineering Drawing 5 PHYSIOI Physics 101 • 10

Semester 2

CIVLl11 Mechanics and Structures 5 MATH112 Mathematics 112 • 10 MECHI21 Materials 1 5 MECHI03 Engineering Chemistry 5 PHYSI02 Physics 102 • 10

Both Semesters

ELECI70 Computer Engineering 1 10 MECHIOI Introduction to Engineering ~

80 • Approved Options 1. MA 1HI02andMATIl103mayreplaceMATIl111 and MATH112.

2. PHYSI02 and PHYSI03 may replace PHYSI01 and PHYSI02.

YEAR II Semester 1

MATH201 Multivariable Calculus 5 MECH204 Experimental Methods 1 5 MECH241 Mechanics of Solids 1 5 MECH271 Thermodynamics 1 5 STATI05 • Engineering Statistics 5

Semester 2

MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 5 MECH205 Engineering Computations 5 MECH222 Materials 2 5 MECH251 Fluid Mechanics 1 5

Both Se11U!sters

MECH213 Mechanical Engineering Design 1 IS MECH232 Dynamics 10 ELECI30 Electrical Fngineering 1 10

80 YEAR III Semester I

MECH323 Materials 3 5

Semester 2

ELEC211 Elecbical Energy Conversion 5 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5

40

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Both Semesters

MECH304 MECH314 PHIL391

Experimental Methods 2 Mechanical Engineering Design 2 Technology and Human Values 1 Subjects chosen from List A ••

10 IS 10 30 80

• Individual Year II1 programs which include MECH400 or Elective subjects in place of List A subjects may be approved by the Course Coordinator. In such cases the remaining List A subjects will become part of the student's Year IV program in place of the MECH400 or Elective subjects taken in Year III. Students wishing to special ise in a particular area should consult the Course Coordinator before selecting their Year ill program.

Year IV Subjects Credit Points

Both Semesters

MECH415 Mechanical Engineering Design 3 10 MECH496 ProjectjSeminar 25

Subjects chosen from List A •• 10 MECH400 level Electives 10 Electives 25

80 •• If30creditpoints of List A subjects were not taken in Year ID, the

remaining List A subjects must be taken in Year IV in place of the MECH400 or Elective subjects taken in Year m.

LIST A SUBJECTS

The following subjects totalling 40 Credit Points must be taken during Years ill and IV. Normally. 30 credit points will be taken in Year ill but students may, with Ute approval of the Course Coordinator, include fewer List A subjects in Yearm in order to include Elective subjects in their Year ill program. All List A subjects not taken in Year ill must be taken in Year IV.

Semester 1

MECH333 Dynamics of Machines 5 MECH352 Fluid Mechanics 2 10

Se11U!ster 2

MECH342 Mechanics of Solids 2 5 MECH372 Heat Transfer 1 5 MECH373 Thermodynamics 2 5

Both Semesters

MECH361 Automatic Control 10

General Course Rules

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements

Electives must be chosen from the list of Approved Elective Subjects given below. A minimum of 10 credit points must be selected from the MECH 400 level subjects listed. Not all electives may be offered in anyone year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which MECH 300 and 400 level elective subjects will be available.

SECTION FIVE

Approved Elective Subjects Credit Points

MATH204 Real Analysis 5 MATH206 Complex Analysis 1 5 MATH217 Unear Algebra I 5 MECH191 Industrial Experience '" 5 MECHI92 Industria\ Experience' 5 MECHl93 Industrial Experience '" 5 MECH305 Advanced Numerical Programming 5 MECH309 Noise Pollution and Control 5 MECH315 Computer Aided Design 5 MECH316 Finite Element Methods in Design 5 MECH317 Bulk Materials Handling I 5 MECH318 Conveying of Bulk Solids 5 MECH324 Ceramic Science and Technology 5 MECH325 Polymer Science and Technology 5 MECH326 Fabrication of Metals 5 MECH381 Methods Engineering 5 MECH382 Engineering Administration 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH384 Engineering Economics 1 5 MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing 5 MECH387 Operations Research 1 5 MECH388 Operations Research 2 5 MECH407 Environmental Engineering 5 MECH409 Vibration and Noise Problems 5 MECH412 Bulk Materials Handling 2 5 MECH419 Maintenance Engineering 5 MECH421 Composites in Engineering 5 MECH431 Robotics 5 MECH453 Introduction to Turbulence 5 MECH473 Thermodynamics 3 5 MECH474 Heat Transfer 2 5 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 5 MECH485 Production Scheduling 5 MECH497 Directed Reading *'" 5 MECH498 Directed Reading "'''' 10 PHIL392 Technology and Human Values 2 10

• General Electives """'" 20

Industrial Experience subjects may be taken by part-time students after stage 1.

** MECH497 and MECH498 are normally taken as substantial extensioos to MECH496. Supervision must be arranged and the written permission of the Head of the Department obtained before enrolment will be pennitted in these subjects.

*** GeneralElectives may be any suhject(s) offered within the University at 100, 200, 300 or 400 level provided the prerequisites are met (or written permission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject).

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Part·time Attendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. Allor part of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-time year. The first two stages of the course are timetabled to permitasingle-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are :

Subjects Credit Points

STAGE!

Se11U!ster 1

MATHI11 Mathematics III • 10 MECH11I Engineering Drawing 5 Semester 2

CIVLI11 Mechanics and Structures 5 MATH112 Mathematics 112 • 10 MECHI03 Engineering Chemistry 5 Both Semesters

MECHIOI Introduction to Engineering ~ 40

STAGE 2 Semester 1

MECHI02 Programming 5 PHYSIOI Physics 101 • 10 Semester 2

MECHl21 Materials 1 5 PHYSI02 Physics 102 • 10 Both Semesters

ELECI70 Computer Engineering 1 10 40

• Approved Options

I. MA nIl02 andMATHI03 mayreplaceMA THIll and MATH112. 2. PHYSI02 andPHYSI03 may repJace PHYSI01 and PHYSI02.

After completion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full -time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it forms part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects MATHIOI MATHIOI and MATHI02

New Subjects MATHI11 MATH11I and MATH1I2

41

Page 26: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION FIVE

Mechanical Engineering Degree: Bachelor of Engineering (BE) awarded in the specialisation of Mechanical Engineering

Designated Department: Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Coordinator: Mr J.W. Hayes

Course Program Subjects Credit Points

YEAR I

Semester 1

MATHlll Mathematics 111· 10 MECH102 Programming 5 MECHlll Engineering Drawing 5 PHYSIOI Physics 101 • 10

Semester 2

CIVLlll Mechanics and Structures 5 MATH1\2 Mathematics 112 • 10 MECHl21 Materials 1 5 MECHl03 Engineering Chemistry 5 PHYSI02 Physics 102 • 10

Bolh Semesters

ELECI70 Computer Engineering 1 10 MECHIOI Introduction to Engineering ~

80 • Approved Options 1. MA1HI02andMATHI03mayreplaceMATHlll andMATHl12. 2. PHYSI02 and PHYSI03 may replace PHYSI01 and PHYSI02.

YEAR II SefMster 1

MATH201 Multivariable Calculus 5 MECH204 Experimental Methods 1 5 MECH241 Mechanics of Solids 1 5 MECH271 Thennodynamics 1 5 STAT205 Engineering Statistics 5

Semester 2

MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 5 MECH205 Engineering Computations 5 MECH222 Materials 2 5 MECH251 Fluid Mechanics 1 5

Both Senusters

MECH213 Mechanical Engineering Design 1 15 MECH232 Dynamics 10 ELECI30 Electrical Fngineerlng 1 10

80 YEAR III Semester I

MECH323 Materials 3 5

Semester 2

ELEC211 Electrical Energy Conversion 5 MATH202 Partial Differential Equations 1 5

40

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Both" Semesters

MECH304 MECH314 PHIL391

Experimental Methods 2 Mechanical Engineering Design 2 Technology and Human Values 1 Subjects chosen from List A ••

10 15 10 30 80

* Individual Year ill programs which include MECH400 or Elective subjects in place of List A subjects may be approved by the Course Coordinator. In such cases the remaining List A subjects will become part of the student's Year IV program in place of the MECH400 or Elective subjects taken in Year ill. Students wishing to specialise in a particular area should consult the Course Coordinator before selecting their Year ill program.

YearlY

Subjects Credit Points

Both Semesters

MECH415 Mechanical Engineering Design 3 10 MECH496 Project/Seminar 25

Subjects chosen from List A •• 10 MECH400 level Electives 10 Electives 25

80

•• If 30 credit points of List A subjects were not taken in Year III, the remaining List A subjects must be taken in Year IV in place of the MECH400 or Elective subjects taken in Year ill.

LIST A SUBJECTS

The following subjects totalling 40 Credit Points must be taken during Years ill and IV. Normally, 30 credit points will be taken in Year III but students may, with the approval of the Course Coordinator, include fewer List A subjects in Year III in order to include Elective subjects in their Year ill program. All List A subjects not taken in Year III must be taken in YearN.

Semester 1

MECH333 Dynamics of Machines 5 MECH352 Auid Mechanics 2 10

Semester 2

MECH342 Mechanics of Solids 2 5 MECH372 Heal Transfer 1 5 MECH373 Thermodynamics 2 5

Both Semesters

MECH361 Automatic Control 10

General Course Rules

The attention of students is drawn to the General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements

Electives must be chosen from the list of Approved Elective Subjects given below. A minimum of 10 credit points must be selected from the MECH 400 level subjects listed. Not all electives may be offered in anyone year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which MECH 300 and 400 level elective subjects will be available.

SECfION FIVE

Approved Elective Subjects Credit Points

MATH204 Real Analysis 5 MATH206 Complex Analysis I 5 MATH217 Linear Algebra 1 5 MECHI91 Industrial Experience * 5 MECHI92 Industrial Experience * 5 MECHl93 Industrial Experience * 5 MECH305 Advanced Numerical Programming 5 MECH309 Noise Pollution and Control 5 MECH315 Computer Aided Design 5 MECH316 Finite Element Methods in Design 5 MECH317 Bulk Materials Handling 1 5 MECH318 Conveying of Bulk Solids 5 MECH324 Ceramic Science and Technology 5 MECH325 Polymer Science and Technology 5 MECH326 Fabrication of Metals 5 MECH381 Methods Engineering 5 MECH382 Engineering Administration 5 MECH383 Quality Engineering 5 MECH384 Engineering Economics 1 5 MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing 5 MECH387 Operations Research 1 5 MECH388 Operations Research 2 5 MECH407 Environmental Engineering 5 MECH409 Vibration and Noise Problems 5 MECH412 Bulk Materials Handling 2 5 MECH419 Maintenance Engineering 5 MECH421 Composites in Engineering 5 MECH431 Robotics 5 MECH453 Introduction to Turbulence 5 MECH473 Thermodynamics 3 5 MECH474 Heal Transfer 2 5 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 5 MECH485 Production Scheduling 5 MECH497 Directed Reading ** 5 MECH498 Directed Reading ** 10 PHIL392 Technology and Human Values 2 10

General Electives *** 20

* Induslrial Experience subjects may be taken by part-time students after stage 1.

** MECH497 and MECH498 are nonnally taken as substantial extensions to MECH496. Supervision must be arranged and the written pennission of the Head of the Department obtained before enrolment will be pemitted in these subjects.

.** General Electives may beany subject( s) offered within the University at 100, 200, 300 or 400 level provided the prerequisites are mel (or written pennission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject).

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written permission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSE PROGRAM

Part-time Attendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. Allor part of this program may be completed by parHime attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent fUll-time year. The ftrst two stages of the course are timetabled to pennit a single-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are :

Subjects Credit Points

STAGE!

Semester 1

MATHlll Mathematics 111 • 10 MECHlll Engineering Drawing 5

Semester 2

CIVLlll Mechanics and Structures 5 MATH1l2 Mathematics 112· 10 MECHI03 Engineering Chemistry 5

Both Semesters

MECHIOI Introduction to Engineering ~ 40

STAGE 2

Semester 1

MECHI02 Programming 5 PHYSIOI Physics 101 • 10 Semester 2

MECHI21 Materials 1 5 PHYSI02 Physics 102 • 10 Both Semesters

ELECI70 Computer Engineering 1 J.Q 40

• Approved Options 1. MA TIll02 andMA TIlI03mayrepiaceMA THIll and MAnU 12. 2. PHYSI02 andPHYSI03 may replace PHYS101 and PHYSI02.

Aftercompletion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the beginning of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it forms part. are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subjects will apply.

Previous Subjects MATHIOI MATHIOI and MATHl02

New Subjects MATHIll MATHIll andMATH1l2

41

Page 27: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECT[ON FIVE

Students who completed MA THI02in 1990 but didnotcomplete MATHlO} orMATHI03 may choose either to take MATH111 in Semester 1 or MA THI03 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics requirements of Year I.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

Combined Degree Programs Combined degree programs which allow completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Mechanical Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Mathematics (BMalh) and Bachelor of Science (BSc) (Physics Major) by a minimum of 5 years full-time study have been submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for approval. The subjects undertaken in the first year of study of each program are identical to those required in the Mechanical Engineering program. Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal annual load of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will becalcula1edon the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separa1e degree of which it forms part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program. Timetabling constraints may limit the choice of optional subjects.

Direct entry to combined programs may be gained via UAC by students who attain an aggregate of marks in the top 7% of the NSW HSC (or equivalent). Students may also apply to enter the combined degree program at the conclusion of Year I and will require a W AMof70 for entry . Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may be consulted regarding application details and course requirements.

42

MECHAN[CAL ENGINEER[NG COURSE PROGRAM

Surveying Degree: Bachelor of Surveying (BSurv)

Designated Department: Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying

Course Coordinator: Associate Professor J.G. Fryer

Course Program Subjects Credit Points

YEAR I

Semester 1

CIVLll1 Mechanics and Structures 5

MATHll1 Mathematics 111 • 10

MECHI21 Materials 1 5 PHYSIO[ Physics 101 • 10

SURVll1 Surveying 1 10

Semester 2

CIVL13 I Fluid Mechanics 1 5

MATH112 Mathematics 112 • 10

MECHl02 Programming 5

MECHll1 Engineering Drawing 5 SURV112 Surveying 2 10

Full Year

MECH101 Introduction to Engineering ..2 SO

• Approved Options

1. MATIII02andMATI-lI03mayreplaceMATI-llllandMATHI12. 2. PHYSI02 may replace PHYSIOI.

YEARH

Semester 1

CIVL212 Mechanics of Solids 5

CIVL232 Fluid Mechanics 2 5 CIVL271 Transportation Engineering [0

LAW291 Legal Process 5 MATH20[ Multivariable Calculus 5 SURV2[4 Optics and Mining Surveying 5

SURV215 Electronic Distance Measurement 5

Semester 2 CIVL224 Geotechnical Investigation [0

CIVL251 Systems 5 LAW292 Property and Survey Law 5 MATH203 Ordinary Differential Equations I 5 SURV213 Surveying 3 10 SURV233 Survey Computations ..2

so YEAR III

Semester 1

CIVL325 Soil Mechanics 1 5

CIVL3S1 Statistical Methods 5 ECON371 Principles of Economics 10 SURV316 Hydrographic Surveying 5 SURV334 Error Theory 5 SURV361 Photogrammetry 1 10

SECT[ON FIVE

Semester 2

ClVL326 ClVL342 CIVL352 SURV351 SURV362 SURV393

Soil Mechanics 2 Hydrology Management Geodesy I Remote Sensing Land Boundary Definition*

5 5 5

10 5

!!l. SO

• A ten day live-in Survey Camp is a compulsory part of SUR V393

YEAR IV

Semester 1

ClVIA43 Water Resources Engineering 5 SURV417 Industrial and Other Surveying 10 SURV41S Control Networks 5

Electives 15

Semester 2

SURV441 Astronomy 10 SURV472 Land Valuation [0

Full Year

SURV473 Town Planning 10 SURV4S[ Project 15

SO General Course Rules

The attention of students is drawn lothe General Course Rules of the Faculty published in the Faculty Policy Section of this Handbook. These rules are particularly important for students intending to enrol in a non-standard program.

Elective Requirements

Electives may be chosen from any subjects offered within the University at 1 00, 200, 300, or 400 level provided that prerequisites are met (or written pennission obtained from the Head of the Department offering the subject). Recommended electives are listed below. Not all electives may be offered in anyone year. Students will be advised in September of the preceding year which SURV400 level elective subjects will be available.

Recommended Elective Subjects Credit Points

SURV191 Industrial Experience * 5 SURV192 Industrial Experience * 5 SURV193 Industrial Experience * 5 SURV 452 Geodesy 2 5 SURV462 P!Jotogrammetry 2 5 SURV463 Advanced Cartography 5 SURV49S Special Topic 5 SURV499 Special Topic 5 CNL222 Materials 2 5 CNL223 Materials 3 5 CIVL233 Fluid Mechanics 3 5 CIVL241 Environmental Science 5 CIVL334 Open Channel Hydraulics 5 MATH103 Mathematics 103 [0 MA TH202 Partial Differential Equations I 5 MECH204 Experimental Methods 1 5 PHlL391 Technology and Human Values 1 10

• May be taken by part-time students after stage 1.

SURVEYING COURSE PROORAM

Prerequisite, Corequisite and Assumed Knowledge Requirements

The prerequisite, corequisite and assumed knowledge requirements of individual subjects are listed in the schedule presented in Section 8 of this Handbook. Enrolment in a subject contrary to the provisions of this schedule will not be approved without the written pennission of the Head of the Department offering the subject concerned.

Part·time Attendance

All candidates for the degree must complete the requirements of the Course Program given above. All or part of this program may be completed by part-time attendance. Part-time students will normally take two years for each equivalent full-lime year. The first two stages ofthe course are timetabled to permit asingle-day work release attendance pattern with some evening lectures. These stages are:

Subjects

STAGE 1

Semester 1 MATH111 Mathematics 111 • SURV111 Surveying 1

Semester 2

MA THl12 Mathematics 112 • SURVl12 Surveying 2

STAGE 2 Semester 1 CIVL111 Mechanics and Structures MECH121 Materials 1 PHYS101 Physics 101 •

Semester 2

CIVLI3[ MECHI02 MECHII1

Full Year

Fluid Mechanics 1 Programming Engineering Drawing

MEeH101 Introduction to Engineering

• ApproVed Options

Credit PainJs

10 10

10

ill 40

5 5

10

5 5 5

..2 40

1. MA 1H102and MATI-lI03mayrepiaceMA THIll and MATIIl12. 2. PHYSI02 may replace PHYSlO1.

Aftercompletion of the above program attendance will be required at various times during the day depending upon the subjects in which the candidate is enrolled and the requirements of the timetable. Full-time study is recommended after Stage 2. Students considering part-time study are advised to consult the Guide to Attendance Patterns at the begiruring of this Section of the Handbook.

Transition Arrangements

The Course Program has been amended with effect from the commencement of the 1991 academic year. All students enrolled in this course or any combined degree of which it fonns part, are required to meet the requirements of the new Course Program.

43

Page 28: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION FIVE

The following equivalence between previous subjects and new subject' will apply.

Previous Subjects GEOL224 MATHIOI MATHIOI and MATHl02

New Subjects CIVL224 MATHlll MATHlll and MATHll2

Students who completed MA TIll02in 1990butdidnot complete MATH101 or MATHI03 may choose either to take MATH1!1 in Semester 1 or MA TH103 in Semester 2 to complete the mathematics requirements of Year 1.

In order to provide for exceptional cases in transition, the Dean may determine the transition program to be followed.

Combined BElBSurv Degree Program

The combined degree program allows completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree in the specialisation of Civil Engineering together with the requirements for a degree of Bachelor of Surveying(BSUlV) degree in a minimum of 5 years full-time study.

Note that students undertaking a combined degree program are attempting two distinct programs concurrently and therefore the annual enrolment required by such a program may exceed the normal armualload of 80 credit points. Also note that HECS will be calculated on the basis of the proportion which each individual subject counts in the program of the separate degree of which it fonns part and not on the proportion it contributes to any combined degree program.

Students nonnally apply to enter combined degree programs at the conclusion of Year I. Students who have completed the first year of either the Surveying or Civil Engineering program and have attained a weighted average mark (W AM) of 55 for entry may be admitted. Applications should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the Re-enrolment Kit. The Faculty Secretary may be consulted regarding application details. The Course Coordinator may be consulted regarding course requirements.

The detailed requirements are set out below.

YEAR I Year I of either the Surveying or Civil Engineering program (Total 80 credit points ).

YEARIl CIVL212, OVL213, CIVL222, CIVL223, CIVL224, CIVL232, CIVL233, CIVL241, CIVL251, CIVL27 I , MATH201, MATH203, MECH205, SURV213, SURV233 (Total 90 credit points)

YEAR III CIVL314,OVL316,CIVL317,CIVL325,0VL326,CIVL327, LAW 291, LAW 292, SURV334, SURV214, SURV215, SURV393, PIllL391 or ECON37I (Total 85 credit points)

YEAR IV CIVL315, CIVL334, CIVL342, CIVL352, CIVL381, CIVL382, SURV316, SURV351, SURV361, SURV362, SURV417, SURV418, SURV441 (Total 85 credit points)

44

SURVEYING COURSE PROGRAM

YEAR V

CIVL418, CIVL428, CIVL443, CIVL453, CIVL454, SURV472, SURV473, OVL455 or SURV481 (Total 80 credit points)

SECTION SIX

POSTGRADUA1E DEGREE AND DIPLOMA REGULATIONS

About This Section This section contains the regulations governing the following tkgrees and postgraduate diplomas.

Diploma in Computer Science

Diploma in Computing

Diploma in Surveying

Master of Computer Science

Master of Computing

Master of Engineering

Master of Enginuring Science

Master of Surveying

Doctor of Philosophy

Regulations Governing Postgraduate Diplomas in the Faculty of Engineering I.General

These Regulalions are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council under By-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions andrequirements relating to the Postgraduale Diploma in Computer Science. the Postgraduate Diploma in Computing and the PostgradUale Diploma in Surveying.

2. Definitions

In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:

"course" means the total requirements prescribed under these Regulations to qualify a candidate for the award of the Diploma;

"Course Coordinator" means the Head of the designated department or that Head of Department's nominee.

"credit point" means the workload indication of a subject detennined by the relevant faculty board;

"Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering;

"Department" means the department or departments offering a particular subject and includes any other body doing so;

"designated department" means the department indentified as such in the schedule;

"Diploma" means the Postgraduate Diploma in Computing, the Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science or the Postgraduate Diploma in Surveying as the case may be;

"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering;

"Schedule" means the Schedule to these Regulations relevant to the Diploma in which a person is enrolled or proposing to enrol;

"subject" means a discrete component of the course for which a result may be recorded. 3. Admission to Candidature

(1) An application for admission to candidature shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with the University Secretary by the prescribed date.

(2) To be eligiblef or admission to candidature for the Diploma, an applicant shall have satisfied the requirements for admission set out in the Schedule.

(3) An application for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Dean who, after considering the recommendation of the Course Coordinator, may approve or reject any application.

45

Page 29: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION SIX

4. Exemptions

(1) The Faculty Board, on the recommendation of the Course Coordinator, may grant a candidate exemptions in the course in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere on such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine.

(2) The exemptions granted under this regulation shall not exceed 20 credit points.

S. Prerequisites, Corequisites and Assumed Knowledge

(1) The Faculty Board, on the recommendation of the Head of Department, may prescribe prerequisites, corequisites and! or assumed knowledge for a subject.

(2) Except with the approval of the Course Coordinator, a candidate may not enrol or continue enrolment in a subject unless he or she has attained a satisfactory result in any subject prescribed as its prerequisite, has already attained a satisfactory result oris concurrently enrolled in any subject prescribed as its corequisite and has already f u11 y attempted any subject prescribed as assumed knowledge.

6. Enrolment

(I) In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects which count towards completion of the requirements of the Diploma as are approved by the Course Coordinator.

(2) A candidate will not be pennitted to enrol in any subject which is deemed by the Course Coordinator to be substantially equivalent to one which the candidate has previously counted towards a degree or diploma. In such a case the Course Coordinator may prescribe alternative subjects of equivalent total credit point value.

(3) A candidate may not enrol in any combination of subjects which is incompatible with the requirements of the timetable.

7. Variation of Enrolment - Including Withdrawal

A candidate shall ~omply with the requirements of Regulation 9 of the Regul¢ons Governing Bachelor Degrees in the Faculty of Engineering.

8. Discontinuance and Re-Admission

(I) A candidate who, prior to completing requirements for the award of the Diploma, does not effectivelY re-enrol in each calendar year shall be deemed to have discontinued studies and, if re-admitted at a later date, and may be granted such exemptions for work previously completed in that course as are determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Course Coordinator.

(2) The provisions of Regulation 3 shall apply to applicants for re-admission.

9. Time Requirement

Except with the permission of the Faculty Board acandidate shall complete the requirements for the Diploma in not less than one and not more than five calendar years from the date of commencement of the course.

46

POSTGRADUA lE DEGREE AND DIPLOMA REGULATIONS

10. Award of the Diploma

(1) To qualify for the award of the Diploma a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of Faculty Board a program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the designated department totalling 80 credit points.

(2) The Diploma shall- be awarded as an ordinary diploma except that in cases where a candidate's perfonnance has reached a standard detennined to be appropriate by the Faculty Board, the Diploma may be awarded with merit.

11. Exceptional Circumstances

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Regulations.

SCHEDULE 1 - POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

1. Forthe purposes of these Regulations the designated department forthe Diploma shall be the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to adegree in the University of Newcastle; or

(b) have satisfied thereqwrements for admission to adegree in anotheruniversity recognised forthis purpose by the Faculty Board; or

(c) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature; and

(d) havemetthelevelofcompetenceincomputerprogramming required by the Faculty Board.

3. Where an applicant does not meet the computer competence requirements in 2( d) above but is otherwise eligible for admission to candidature, the applicant may be admitted on the condition that he or she enrols extraneously to diploma program requirements in such subject(s)'" as are prescribed by the Course Coordinator as meeting the computer competence requirement for full admission.

'" The subject currently prescribed to meet computer competence requirements for full admission to the diploma program is COMPI021ntroduction to Programming.

SCHEDULE 2 - POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING

1. Forthe purposes of these Regulations the designated department for the Diploma shall be the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to adegree in the University of Newcastle; or

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to adegree in another university recognised forthis purpose by the Faculty Board; or

sEcrroNsIX

(c) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature; and

(d) havemetthelevelofcompetenceincomputerprogramming required by the Faculty Board.

3. Where an applicant does not meet the computer competence requirements in 2( d) above but is otherwise eligible for admission to candidature, the applicant may be admitted on the condition thatheorsheenrolsextraneouslytodiplomaprogramrequirements in such subject(s)· as are prescribed by the Course Coordinator as meeting the computer competence requirement for full admission.

• The subject cunently prescribed to meet computer competence requirements for full admission to the diploma program is COMPI02In1roduction to Programming.

SCHEDULE3 - POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

1. Forthe purposes of these Regulations the designated department for the Diploma shall be the Department of Civil Fngineering and Surveying.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission toadegree in the University of Newcastle; or

(b) have satisfied the requirements! or admission to a degree in anotheruniversity recognisedforthis purpose by the Faculty Board; or

(c) have Registration as a Land Surveyor, or hold the issue of a Certificate of Competency, by any of the Boards of SllIVeyors of Australia or New Zealand; or

(d) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.

REGULA nONS GOVERNING MASlERS DEGREES

Regulations Governing Masters Degrees Part I - General 1. (1) These Regulations prescribe the conditions and requirements

relating to the degrees of Masterof Architecture, Master of Arts, Master of Commerce, Master of Computer Science, Master of Computing, Master of Education, Master of Educational Studies, Master of Engineering, Master of Engineering Science, Master of Letters, Master of Mathematics, Master of Medical Science, Master of Psychology (Clinical), Master of Psychology (Educational), Master of Science, Master of Scientific Studies, Master of Special Education and Master of Surveying.

(2) In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto, unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires:

"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty responsible for the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol;

"program" means the program of research and study prescribed in the Schedule;

"Schedule'· means the Schedule of these Regulations pertaining to the course in which a person is enrolled oris proposing to enrol; and

"thesis" means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a candidate.

(3) These Regulations shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa.

(4) A degree of Master shall be conferred in one grade only.

2. An application for admission to candidature for a degree of Master shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with the Secretary to the University by the prescribed date.

3.(1) To be eligible for admission to candidature W1 applicant shall:

(a)(i) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree of Bachelor in the University of Newcastle as specified in the Schedule; or

(ii) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree or equivalent qualification, approved for the purpose by the Faculty Board, in another tertiary institution; or

(iii) have such other qualifications and experience as may be approved by the Senate on therecommendation of the Faculty Board or otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; and

(b) have satisfied such other requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.

(2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, applications for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Faculty Board which may approveorreject any application.

(3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision and facilities are available. Whether these are available shall be detennined by the Faculty Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides.

47

Page 30: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION SIX

4. To qualify for admission to a degree of Master a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the requirements of these regulations including the Schedule.

5. The program shall be carried out:

(a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supetvisors either appointed by the Faculty Board or as otherwise prescribed in the Schedule; or

(b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise determine.

6. Upon request by acandidate the Faculty Board may grant leave of absence from the course. Such leave shall not be taken into account in calculating the period for the program prescribed in the Schedule.

7.(1) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by infanning the Secretary to the University in writing and such withdrawal shall take effect from the dateof receipt of such notification.

(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted pennission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty.

The relevant date shall be:

(a) in the case of a subject offered only in the first semester, the Monday of the 9th week of first semester;

(b) in the case of a subject offered only in the second semester, the Monday of the 9th week of second semester;

(c) in the case of any other subject, the Monday of the 3rd week of second semester.

8.(1) If the Faculty Board is of the opinion that the candidate is not making satisfactory progress towards the degree then it may terminate the candidature or place such conditions on its continuation as it deems fit.

(2) For the purpose of assessing a candidate's progress, the Faculty Board may require candidates to submit areport or reports on their progress.

(3) A candidate against whom a decision of the Faculty Board has been made under Regulation 8(1) of these Regulations may request that the Faculty Board cause the case to be revieWed. Such request shall be made to the Dean of the Faculty within seven days from the date of posting to the candidate the advice of the Faculty Board's decision or such further period as the Dean may accept.

(4) A candidate may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against any decision made follOwing the review under Regulation 8(3) of these Regulations.

9. In exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of these Regulations.

Part II - Examination and Results 10. The Examination Regulations approved from time to time by the Council shall apply to all examinations with respect to a degree of Master with the exception of the examination of a thesis

48

REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTERS DEGREES

which shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 12 to 16 inclusive of these Regulations.

11. The Faculty Board shall consider the results in subjects, the reports of examiners and any other recommendations prescribed in the Schedule and shall decide:

(a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree; or

(b) in a case where a thesis has been SUbmitted, to permit the candidate to resubmit an amended thesis within twelve months of the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of the first examination or within such longer period of time as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(c) to require the candidate to undertake such further oral, written or practical examinations as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(d) not to recommend that the candidate be admitted to the degree, in which case the candidature shall be terminated.

Part ill - Provisions Relating to Theses 12.(1) The subject of a thesis shall be approved by the Faculty

Board ontherecommendationoftheHead of the Department in which the candidate is carrying out the research for the thesis.

(2) The thesis shall not contain as its main content any work or material which has previously been submitted by the candidate for a degree in any tertiary institution unless the Faculty Board otherwise permits.

13. The candidate shall give to the Secretary to the University three months' written notice of intention to submit a thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescribed fee.

14.(1) The candidate shall comply with the following provisions concerning the presentation of a thesis:

(a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 200 words describing its content;

(b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the University;

(c) three copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:

(i) a certificate signed by the candidate that the main content of the thesis has not been submitted by the candidate for a degree of any othertertiary institution; and

(ii) a certificate signed by the supervisor indicating whether the candidate has completed the program and whether the thesis is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination; and

(iii) if the candidate so desires, any documents or published work of the candidate whether bearing on the subject of the thesis or not.

(2) The Faculty Board shall determine the course of action to be taken should the certificate of the supervisor indicate that in the opinion of the supervisor the thesis is not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.

SECTION SIX

15. The University shall beentitled to retain the submitted copies of the thesis, accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed and, subject to Ute prOvisions of the Copyright Act, 1968 (Com), may issue it in whole or any part in photocopy or microfilm or other copying medium.

16.(1) For each candidate two examiners, at least one of whom shall be an external examiner (being a person who is not a member of the staff of the University) shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.

(2) If theexarniners' reports are such that the Faculty Board is unable to make any decision pursuant to regulation 11 of these Regulations, a third examiner shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.

SCHEDULE 6 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING

1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which the applicant proposes to carry out research; or

(b) have satisfied the requirements foradmission to adegree in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty BoardontherecommendationofUteHeadoftheDepartment in which the candidate proposes to carry out the program.

3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program consisting of:

(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

4. The program shall be completed:

(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or aqualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the permiSSion of the Faculty Board, not more than 5 years.

5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall take part in research seminars within the Department in which the program is being carried out.

REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTERS DEGREES

SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE

1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering Science.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to afouryear full-time or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Metallurgy from the University of Newcastle or any other approved university; or

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a three year full-time or equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree of the University of Newcastle or any other approved university and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Departmentin which the applicant proposes to carry out the program.

3.(1) An applicant shall nominate the Department in which it is proposed to pursue the program.

(2) In the case of each applicant the Head of the nominated Department shall:

(a) make recommendalions to the Faculty Board on the applicant's suitability for admission to candidature; and

(b) advise Faculty Boardas to the adequacy orotherwise of supervision available within the Department.

4.(1) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall pass a program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the nominated Department totalling not less than 80 credit points.

(2) The program referred to in SUb-section (1) shall contain at least 30 but not more than 40 credit points comprising the investigation of and report on a project specified by the candidate's supervisor or supervisors.

(3) The candidate's supervisor or supervisors referred to in sub-section (2) shall be appointed by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the nominated Department.

5. A candidate may be granted standing by the Faculty Board on such conditions as the Faculty Board may detennine in up to 40 credit points in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere.

6. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall complete the program innotless than one and not more than three calendar years from its commencement.

49

Page 31: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfIONSIX

SCHEDULE IS - MASTER OF SURVEYING

1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Surveying.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in Surveying with honours in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other tertiary institution approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; or

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty BoardontherecommendalionoftheHeadoftheDepartment of Civil Engineering and Surveying.

3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program consisting of:

(a) such work. and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

4. The program shall be completed:

(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the pennission of the Faculty Board, in not more than five years.

5. Except with thelpermission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall take part in research seminars within the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.

SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

I. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Computer Science.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Computer Science with honours class I or class II of the University of Newcastle or to an honours degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board,oftheUniversityofNewcastleoranyotheruniversity; or

(b) have satisfiedall the requirements for admission toadegree of the University of Newcastle or to a degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board, of another tertiary institution and have completed such work and passed such examinations as the Faculty Board may have determined

50

REGUlATIONS GOVERNING MASTERS DEGREES

and have achieved a standard at least equivalent to that required for admission to adegree of bachelor with second class honours; or

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such academic or professional qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Flectrical Engineering and Computer Science.

3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program consisting of:

(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and

(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

4. Except with the pennission of the Faculty Board, which shall be given only in special circumstances, a candidate shall

(a) conduct the major proportion of the investigation or design work in the University; and

(b) take part in research seminars within the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science.

5. Except with the special permission of the Faculty Board:

(a) a full time candidate shall complete the program in not less than two and not more than three calendar years from its commencement;

(b) a part time candidate shall complete the program in not less than three and not more than five calendar years from its commencement

SCHEDULE 18 - MASTER OF COMPUTING

1. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Computing.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) (0 have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Computer Science of the University of Newcastle or to any other degree approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or

(ii) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such academic or professional qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science; and

(b) complete such additional work and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board may detennine.

3. (l)To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall pass a program of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science totalling not less than 160 credit points.

(2) The program referred to in sub-section (1) shall contain 60 credit points comprising the investigation of and report on a project specified by the candidate's supervisor or supervisors.

SECTION SIX

(3) The candidate's supervisor or supervisors referred to in sub-section (2) shall be appointed by the Head of the Department of Department of Electrical Engineering and

Computer Science.

4. The Faculty Board may grant standing to a candidate on such conditions as it may determine in respect of work undertaken by the candidate for an uncompleted qualification. Standing shall not be granted for more than half the program.

5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall complete the program in not less than two and not more than five calendar years from its commencement.

DOCTORAL DEGREE REGULATIONS

Doctoral Degree Regulations General

I.(a) These Regulations are madein accordance with the powers vested in the Council under By-law 5.2.1 and shall relate to the degrees of Doctor of Engineering, Doctor of Letters, Doctor of Science, Doctor of Medicine and Doctor of

Philosophy.

(b) In order to qualify for a doctoral degree the candidate shall comply with the requirements forthe degree as set out in the appropriate Schedule of these Regulations.

(c) In these Regulations "Doctoral Degree Committee" means the Doctoral Degree Committee for the Faculty in which the candidate is enrolled or is proposing to enrol.

(d) These Regulations shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa.

Doctoral Degree Committee

2.(a) The Senate shall appoint for each Faculty a Doctoral Degree Committee consisting of:

(i) the Dean of the Faculty who shall preside at meetings

of the Committee,

(ii) the Deputy Chairman of the Senate or the nominee of the Deputy Chairman, and

(iii) three membersof the academic staff of the University nominated by the Board of the Faculty concerned.

Where the Committee is to discuss matters affecting the candidature of a particular person the Head of the Department or Division in which the person is carrying out or is proposing to carry out research, or the nominee of the Head, shall, if not already a member of the Committee, be invited to take part in such discussion as a non-voting member.

(b) The number of members constituting a quorum of the Committee shall be three.

(c) (i) A member nominated by the Faculty Board shall hold office for three years from the date of appointment and shall be eligible for renomination; provided that the first three members appointed shall hold office for one, two and three years respectively.

(ii) In the event of acasual vacancy, anew member shall be appointed by the Senate on the nomination of the Faculty Boardand shall hold office for the residue of the predecessor's term of office.

Functions

3. The Doctoral Degree Committee shall be responsible for:

(a) Admission to Candidature

(i) considering the evidence of qualification for admission submitted by applicants;

(ii) considering the adequacy of facilities for supervision and research within the department or division

concerned;

(iii) approving admission to candidature and the area of investigation and any subsequent variations in this area.

51

Page 32: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfIONSIX

(b) Supervision of Candidates

(i) appointing a supervisor or supervisors on the recommendation of the Head of the Department or Division in which the candidate is to carry out research;

(ti) ensuring adequate supervision of candidates;

(iii) considering progress reports submiUed annually by candidates and supervisors to ensure that progress is satisfactory;

(iv) terminating candidature if progress is considered unsatisfactory.

(e) Examination of Candidates

(i) recommending to the Senate the examiners to be appointed by the Senate;

(ti) considering, before the acceptance of the thesis for examination, the report of the supeIVisor certifying the fitness or otherwise of the thesis for examination and detennining the course of action should the report be unfavowable;

(ill) receiving the reports of examiners and in the light of these and any subsequent reports recommending to the Senate Review Committee that the degree be conferred or not conferred.

(d) Reporting to Faculty Board

(i) informing the Faculty Boardfrom time to time of the policies it has adopted in respect of (a), (b) and (c) above;

(ii) noting any comments made by the Faculty Board and, where it considers it appropriate, seeking the advice of the Faculty Board on any policies adopted or envisaged

4. Where the examiners' reports received by the Doctoral Degree Committee contain recommendations which are not unanimous the Committee may before making any recommendation under Regulation 3(c)(ili) of these Regulations take one or more of the follOwing actions. namely

(a) review the reasons expressed by the examiners for their recommendations;

(b) directthatthecandidateWldertakesuchfurtherexaminations either oral, written or practical as the Committee may specify;

(c) recommend that the Senate appoint afurther examiner who mayor may not be appointed to act as an adjudicator;

(d) in~tetheexaminers to confer, eitherin writing orin person, Wlth each other or with the Committee with a view to the presentation of a consolidated recommendation.

Senate Review Committee

5.(a) There shall be aDoctoral Degree Review Commiuee of the Senate consisting of the Deputy Chairman of the Senate who shall preside at meetings of the Committee and two members to be appointed by the Senate on the nomination of the Deputy Chainnan of the Senate.

52

DOCTORAL DEGREE REGULATIONS

(b) The number of members constituting a quorum of the Committee shall be two.

(c) (i) The two members appointed by the Senate shall hold office for three years from the date of appointment and shall be eligible for renomination.

(ii) In theeventof acasual vacancy, anew member shall be appointed by the Senate on the nomination of the Deputy Chairman of theSe nate and shall hold office for the residue of the predecessor's term of office.

6. The Senate Review Committee shall be responsible for

(a) advising Doctoral Degree Committees of procedures to be followed to resolve any doubt concerning the recommendation to be made to the Senate Review Committee;

(b) considering the recommendation of the Doctoral Degree Committee in the light of the report submitted with the recommendation and

(i) recommending that the Senate recommend to the Council that the degree be conferred; or

(ii) requesting the Doctoral Degree Committee to take specified further action; or

(iii) recommending to the Senate that the degree be not conferred.

SCHEDULE II - REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

1. An applicant for admission to candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall

(a) have satisfied all of the requirements for admission to the degree of Master or the degree of Bachelor with first or second class honours in the University of Newcastle or a degree from another university approved for this purpose by the Doctoral Degree Committee; or

(b) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor with third class honours or the ordinary degree of Bachelor in the University of Newcastle or a degree from another university approved for this purpose by the Doctoral Degree Committee, and have achieved by SUbsequent work and stUdy a standard recognised by the Doctoral Degree Committee as equivalent to atieast second class honours; or

(c) in exceptional cases submit such other evidence of general and professional qualifications as may be approved by the Senate.

2. Before approving an admission to candidature the Doctoral Degree Committee

(a) shall be satisfied that the applicant can devote sufficient time to advanced study and research; and

(b) may require an applicant to sit for such examinations or carry out such work as the Committee may prescribe.

SECfIONSIX

3. Upon admission to candidature the candidate shall enrol and shall pursue a program of advanced study and research (which in theserequiremenlS shall bereferred to as "the program") prescribed by the Doctoral Degree Committee for not less than three nor more than five consecutive years or such different period as the Doctoral Degree Committee may approve, provided that in no case shall the period be less than two years.

4.(a) Theprogram shallbecarriedoutin the University under the direction of a supeIVisor or supervisors appointed by the Doctoral DegreeCommittee on the recommendation of the Head of the Department or Division in which the candidate is to carry out the research.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, a candidate may be granted special permission by the Doctoral Degree Committee to spend a period of not more than one yearin researchat anotherinstitution approved by the Doctoral Degree Committee.

S. The candidate and the supervisor shall submit to the Doctoral Degree Committee annual reports on the candidate's progress. If after considering these reports, the Committee is of the opinion that the candidateis not making satisfactory progress towards the degree then the Committee may terminate the candidature or place such conditions on the continuation of the candidature as it deems fit.

6. Not later than one year after admission to candidature the candidate shall submit the subject of a thesis for approval by the Doctoral Degree Committee. Afterthe subject has been approved it may be changed only with the pennission of the Doctoral Degree Committee.

7. On completing the program every candidate shall submit a thesis which complies with the following requirements:

(a) the greater proportion of the work described must have been completed by the candidate subsequent to admission to candidature for the degree;

(b) it must be a significant contribution to thelcnowledge of the subject;

(c) it must be written in English or in a language approved by the Doctoral Degree Committee and reach a satisfactory standard of literary presentation;

(d) it must consist of the candidate's own account of the research undertaken by the candidate. In special cases work done conjointly with other persons may be accepted provided the Doctoral Degree Committee is satisfied on the candidate's part in the joint research; and

(e) it must not contain as its main content any work or material which has previous! y been submittedf or a university degree or other similar qualification unless the Doctoral Degree Committee otherwise permits.

8. The candidate shall give in writing to the Secretary to the University three months' notice of intention to submit the thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescribed fee.

9. The candidate shall comply with the following provisions concerning the presentation of the thesis:

(a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 300 words describing its content;

DOCTORAL DEGREE REGULATIONS

(b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the University;

(c) four copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:

(i) if the candidate so desires, any documents or work published by the candidate whether bearing on the subject of the thesis or not; and

(ii) a report from the supeIVisor advising that the candidate has completed the prescribed program and certifying that the thesis is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination provided that if the supervisor is unwilling to give such acertificate the candidate may nevertheless request that the thesis be accepted for examination.

10. The University shall beentitled to retain the submittedcopies of the thesis, accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act (1968) the University may issue the thesis in whole or any part in photostat or microftlm or other copying medium.

11. On the recommendation of the Doctoral Degree Committee the Senate shall appoint three examiners of whom at least two shall not be members of the staff of the University.

12. The candidate may be required by the Doctoral Degree Committee to undertake further oral, written or practical examinations concerning the subject of the thesis or work.

13. A candidate permitted by the Doctoral Degree Committee to resubmit a thesis for examination shall do so within a period of one year from the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of the first examination.

14. In exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case the Senateon the recommendation of the Doctoral Degree Committee may relax any requirement of this Schedule.

53

Page 33: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION SEVEN

POSTGRADUATE COURSEWORK PROGRAMS

About This Section This section contains the course programs which have been approved by Faculty Board in accordance with the Regulations Governing PostgratiualeDiplomas in theFaculty a/Engineering and theMasler o/Computing and Master a/Engineering Science programs.

Enquiries may be directed to the Faculty Secretary or 111£ Course Coordinator indicated in the course entry concerned.

Diploma in Computer Science Designated DePflTlmenl: Electrical Engineering and Computer Science ~

Course Coordinator: Mr F.A. Henskens

The postgraduate DipCompSc program assumes acompetencein Pascal programming. Completion of Computer Science I or Introduction to Programming (IP) priorto 1990 or completion of COMP101 Computer Science 1 or COMPI02/nlroduclion to Programming meets this requirement. Other evidence of programming competence will be considered by the Course Coordinator. Students currently enrolled in bachelor degree programs who intend to enrol in the DipCompSc should, if possible, include either COMP10l orCOMP102 in their degree program or take COMP102 as an extraneous subject. Graduates who do not meet the assumed level of programming competence may wish to complete COMP102 as a non-degree student prior to applying for admission or, alternatively, applicants may be granted admission to the Diploma program on condition that they complete COMP102 as an extraneous subject.

While 80 credit points is nonnally considered afull workload for a single year of acourse, the requirements of the DipCompSc are usually met by part -time study. Students with a strong background

54

in computing may choose to complete in a single year but in such cases subject selection will be restricted by prerequisite requirements.

Subject prerequisites are, however, prescribed mainly inrelation to the BCompSc program. The prescribed prerequisites may therefore be waived for DipCompSc students with an appropriate background. Enquiries regarding waiver of prerequisites should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

The DipCompSc course program approved by the Faculty Board is presented below.

Course Program Subjects C0MP201 C0MP203 C0MP307

Advanced Data Structures Assembler Language Software Engineering Principles Subjects from List A * or List B Subjects from List B

Credit Points 5 5

\0 30 30 80

• In exceptional circumstances theHead oflhe DepartmentofElectrical Engineering and Computer Science may approve enrolment in other subjects.

LIST A SUBJECTS

Subjects

C0MP202 COMP204 COMP205 COMP206 COMP299 MATH217

Computer Architecture Programming Language Semantics Programming in C Theory of Computation Project * Linear Algebra 1

Credit Points

5 5 5 5 5 5

SECfION SEVEN

MATH212 MATH215 MATH216 MNGTI09 MNGT503 MNGT512 MNGT513 PHIL242 STATI03

Discrete Mathematics Operations Research Numerical Analysis Commercial Programming Computing and Information Systems Systems Analysis Systems Design Basic Symbolic Logic Queues and Simulation

5 5 5

\0 10 10 10 5 5

• Students who completed Software Engineering Principles prior to 1990 but did not complete the Project are must include C0MP299 in their program as a List A subject.

LIST B SUBJECTS

Subjects

C0MP301 C0MP302 C0MP303 C0MP304 C0MP305 C0MP306 COMP308 MNGT511

Compiler Design Artificial Intelligence Computer Networks Database Design Design and Analysis of Algorithms Computer Graphics Operating Systems Management Informatiol" Systems

Diploma in Computing

Credit Points

10 10 10 10 10 10 \0 \0

Designated Department: Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

Course Coordinator: Mr F.A. Henskens

The DipComp program assumes a competence in Pascal programming. Previous completion of Computer Science I or Introduction to Programming (IP) prior to 1990 or completion of COMP101 CompuJer Science 1 or COMPI021ntroduction to Programming meets this requirement. Other evidence of programming competence will be considered by the Course Coordinator. Students currently enrolled in bachelor degree programs who intend to enrol in the DipCompSc should, if possible, include either COMP101 or COMPI02 in their degree program or take COMPI 02 as an extraneous subject. Graduates who do not meet the assumed level of programming competence may wish to complete COMP102 as a non.<fegree student prior to applying for admission or, alternatively, applicants may be granted admission to the Diploma program on condition that they complete COMPI02 as an extraneous subject.

While 80 credit points is normally considered a full workload for a single year of a course, it might not be possible to complete the requirements of the DipComp course program in a single year of attendance because of subject prerequisite requirements.

Subject prerequisites are, however, prescribed mainly in relation to the BCompSc program. The prescribed prerequisites may therefore be waived for DipComp students with an appropriate background. Enquiries regarding waiver of prerequisites should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

POSTGRADUA 1E COURSEWORK PROGRAMS

Course Program The DipComp course program approved by the Faculty Board requires completion of 80 credit points selected from the list of approved subjects given below. In exceptional circumstances the Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science may approve enrolment in other subjects.

Approved Diploma in Computing Subjects Subjects Credit Points

COMP201 Advanced Data Structures 5

COMP202 Computer Architecture 5 COMP203 Assembler Language 5

COMP204 Programming Language Semantics 5 COMP205 Programming in C 5

COMP206 Theory of Computation 5 COMP301 Compiler Design 10

COMP302 Artificial Intelligence 10 COMP303 Computer Networks 10 COMP304 Database Design 10 COMP305 Design and Analysis of Algorithms \0 COMP306 Computer Graphics 10 COMP307 Software Engineering Principles 10

COMP308 Operating Systems 10

MATH217 Unear Algebra I 5 MATH212 Discrete Mathematics 5 MATH215 Operations research 5

MATH216 Numerical Analysis 5 MNGTI09 Commercial Programming \0 MNGT503 Computing and Information Systems \0 MNGT511 Management Information Systems 10 MNGT512 Systems Analysis \0 MNGT513 Systems Design 10 STATI03 Queues and Simulation 5 PHIL242 Symbolic Logic 5

Diploma in Surveying Designated Department: Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying

Course Coordinator; Associate Professor J.G. Fryer

The Postgraduate Diploma in Surveying is designed to broaden and further the education of the practising surveyor, particularly in the light of recent technological changes which have significantly altered the role and operational techniques of professional surveyors.

While a full workload for a single year of a course is nonnally considered to be 80 credit points, it might not be possible to complete the requirements of the DipSurv course program in a single year of attendance because of subject prerequisite requirements. Subject prerequisites are, however, prescribed mainly in relation to the BSurv program. The prescribed prerequisites may therefore be waived for DipSurv students with an appropriate background. Enquiries regarding waiver of prerequisites should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

55

Page 34: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION SEVEN

Course Program The DipSUlV course program approved by the Faculty Board requires completion of 80 credit points selected from the list of approved subjects given below and approved by the Course Coordinator. In exceptional circumstances the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying may approve enrolment in other subjects.

Approved Diploma in Surveying Subjects Subjects ECONIOI ECON371 GEOOIOI GEOOI02 LAW 291 LAW 292 SURV316 SURV334 SURV361 CNL352 SURV351 SURV362 SURV393 SURV417 SURV418 SURV441 SURV452 SURV462 SURV463 SURV472 SURV473 SURV481

Economics 1 Credit Points

20 Principles of Economics 10 Introduction to Physical Geography 10 Introduction to Human Geography 10 Legal Process 5 Property and Survey Law 5 Hydrographic Surveying 5 Error Theory 5 Photogrammetry 1 10 Management 5 Geodesy 1 10 Remote Sensing 5 Land Boundary Definition * 10 Industrial and Other Surveying 10 Control Networks 5 Astronomy 10 Geodesy 2 5 Photogrammetry 2 5 Advanced Cartography 5 Land Valuation 10 Town Planning 10 Project 15

• A ten day live-in Survey Camp is included as parlof SURV393.

Master of Computing Degree: Master of Computing (MComp)

Designated De~1'tmenJ: Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

Course Coordinator: Associate Professor J. Rosenberg

The Master of Computing (MComp) program is a postgraduate coursework degree program which incorporates advanced project work. The course program requires completion of a total of 160 credit points, the equivalent of 2 years full-time study. The compulsory project work may be taken as COMP503 in a single year or as both COMPSOI and COMP502 over 2 years.

Subject prerequisites are prescribed mainly in relation to the BCompSc and BCompSc(Hons) programs. The prescribed prerequisites may therefore be waived for MComp students with an appropriate background. Enquiries regarding waiver of prerequisites should be directed to the Course Coordinator.

The subjects approved by the Faculty Board for inclusion in the MComp program are listed below. In exceptional circumstances the Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science may approve enrolment in other subjects.

56

POSTGRADUATE COURSEWORK PROGRAMS

A pproved Master of Computing Subjects Subjects Credit Paims

COMP301 Compiler Design 10 COMP302 Artificial Intelligence \0 COMP303 Computer Networks \0 COMP304 Database Design \0 COMP305 Design and Analysis of Algorilhms \0 COMP306 Computer Graphics \0 COMP307 Software Engineering Principles \0 COMP308 Operating Systems \0 COMP401 Advanced Artificial Intelligence \0 COMP402 Formal Semantics of Programming

Languages \0 COMP403 Advanced Computer Architecture \0 COMP404 Parallel Computation and VLSI 10 COMP405 Digital Image Processing 10 COMP406 Advanced Operating Systems \0 COMP408 Natural Language Processing 10 COMP409 Advanced Compiler Design 10 COMP41O Advanced Computer Networks 10 COMP4I\ Special Topic A \0 COMP412 Special Topic B 10 COMP413 Special Topic C 10 COMP414 Special Topic D 10 COMP435 Special Topic E 20 COMP501 Master of Computing Project Part A * 30 COMP502 Master of Computing Project Part B • 30 COMP503 Master of Computing Project· 60

• Either COMP503 or both COMP501 and COMP502 must be completed.

Master of Engineering Science The Master of Engineering Science (MEngSc) program is a postgraduate coursework degree program. The course program requires completion of a total of 80 credit points of which at 30, 35 or 40 credit points must be advanced project work.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Principal Dates 1991 (See separate enuy for Faculty of Medicine)

January

TlU!sday Public Holiday - New Year's Day

4 Friday Last day for return of Enrolment Application Forms - ContilUling Students

February

8 Friday New students accept UAC main round offer

6 Wednuday Re-enrolmentApproval Sessions for re-enrolling students TO 14 Thursday

25 MOIIday First Semester begins

March

31 Friday Last day for a) variation of program in relation to HECS liability for Semester I, b) addition of Semester I and full year subjects, and c) withdrawal without academic penalty from Semester I Subjects.

29 Friday Good Friday - Easter Recess commences

April

8 MOIl day Lectures resume

25 Thursday Public lloliday -Anzac Day

June

7 Friday First Semester concludes

10 Monday Public Holiday - Queen's Birthday

11 Tuesday Examinations begin

28 Friday Ex.aminations end

July

1 Closing date for applications for selection to the Dachelor of Medicine in 1992.

15 MOIIday Second Semester begins

Augusl

31 Last day for a) variation of program in relation to IIECS liability for Semester II, b) addition of Semester IIsubjects, and c) withdrawal without academic penalty from Semester n and full year subjects.

PRINCIPAL DATES 1991

September

30 Mon.day Mid Semester recess begins

30 Mon.day Closing date for UAC applications for enrolment in 1992 (Undergraduate courses other than Medicine)

October

7 MO/'Iday Public Holiday - Labour Day

14 Monday Lectures resume

November

Friday Second Semester concludes

4 Mon.day Annual Examinations begin

22 Friday Annual Examinations end

1991 February

24 Monday First Term begins1

DATES FOR THE 1991 ACADEMIC YEAR FOR THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE PROGRAM

Yeatl

Semester I commences Monday 25 February, 1991 ,=~ Friday 29 March, 1991

10 Friday 5 April, 1991

resumes Monday 8 April, 1991 concludes Friday 28 June, 1991

Semester 2 commences Monday 15 July, 1991 ,=~ Monday 30 Sept, 1991

to Friday 11 October, 1991

resumes Monday 14 October, 1991 concludes Friday 1 November, 1991

Examinations commence Monday 4 November, 1991 conclude Friday 15 November, 1991

Mini·Elective commences Monday 18 November, 1991 concludes Friday 29 November, 1991

NOTE:

Semester One con.ris/s of Block One (10 weeks) and 7 weeks of Block Two. Semester Two COllSisl9 of the remaining 3 weeks of Block Two and all of Block Three (10 weeks).

1 Dale yet 10 be finalised

Page 35: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

iii) Long Vacation

Monday to Friday

iv) Library Closed

8.30am to 5.00pm

Australia Day, Easter e:<cept Easter Monday, Christmas to New

Y." v) Library Open

Easter Monday, Anzac Day ,Queen's Birthday, Show Day, Labour Day.

Gardiner Library i) March to November

Monday to Thursday Friday Sunday

8.30am to 8.00pm 9.00am to 5.00pm 1.OOpm to 5.00pm

ii) December to February

Monday to Thursday Friday Weekends

8.30am to 6.00pm 9.00am to 5.00pm Closed

Mater Hospital Library i) Monday to Friday

9.00am to 5.00pm

Huxley Library

Weekends

Closed

Located in the Hunter Building, this Library supports the teaching and reseW'"ch requirements of the Schools of Health and Administration and Technology, Education and Hwnanities, Visual and Perfonning Arts. It also receives all Department of Education publications including the primary and secondary school syllabuses as well as the Higher School Certificate examination papers. They are housed in the Audio-Visual section.

Borrowers may have access to the Short Loan Collection for restricted periods.

Further information and assistance can be obtained at the Huxley Library Reference Desk or at the following service points:

A/V Services Loans

Short Loan Reference Desk

Online Searching

External Studies Librarian

Inter-Library Services

Borrowing Rig.,hts

Refer to borrowing rights for Auchmuty Library.

Hours of Opening i) Term Hours

Monday to Thursday Friday Saturday « Sunday

8.30am to 9.00pm 8.30am to 5JX)pm l.OOpm to 5.00pm

ii) Semester Breaks

Wednesday Other Nighls Weekends

9.00am to 9.00pm 9.00am to 5.00pm Closed

iii) Long Vacation

Monday 10 Friday 9.00am to 5.00pm

iv) Library Closed

All public holidays

xii

The Newcastle Conservatorium of Music Library This Library is located on the second floor of the old section of the Newcastle Conservatorium of Music, comer of Gibson and Auckland Streets. Limited on-street parking is available. Off-stroot parking is available in the King Street Council Car Park, and Conservatorium students may obtain parking concessions from the Information Centre, Shortland Union Building.

Borrowing Rights

Students and staff of the Conservatorium of Music can borrow from its Library. This includes full-time and part-limeMusicEducatioD studenrs. They are entitled to have three books for one week and seven scores for a tenn. Music recordings are not available for loan. However, compact: disc, record and casseuepJayers are available forusewithin the Library. Access to the collection by other categories of users can be arranged by contacting the Librarian on 29 4133.

Limited facilities for disabled persons can be arranged if prior arrangements are made.

Hours of Opening

i) Monday to Friday

9.00am to 1.00pm

2.00pm to 5.00pm

Closed for four weeks over Cbristmas/New Yearvacalion period.

SECTION EIGHT

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

About This Section This section contains descriptions of the content of the subjects of!eredby thedepartmentsoftheFacultyofEngineering together with subjects offered by departments of other faculties which are included in the course programs set oUi in Sections 5 and 7.

Guide to Subject Descriptions Credit Point Value

The course programs offered within the University from 1990 require full-time students completing course requirements in minimum time to undertake an annual workload of 80 credit points. The credit point value of a subject thus indicates the workload of a subject as a proportion of anonnal annual full-time program. Similarly, the credit point value of a subject indicates the proportion of the annual HECS liability which arises from enrolment in that subject. Furtherinfonnation on the meaning of credit points is given in the General Course Rules and Information in Section 4.

The credit point value (cp) of each subject is indicated in each subject description.

Subject Codes

Each subject has been given a unique code (eg CIVL111). TIlls code identifies the subject within the University's computer system and should be entered on each form dealing with subjects. The alpha section of the code indicates the department responsible for offering the subject. The firstoumberin the code indicates the level at which the subject is offered (ie. 100,200,300,400 etc.) and, in the Faculty of Engineering, also indicates the W AM Weighting of the subject. The latter two numbers usually indicate the sequence of a subject in a stream of subjects or within a COurse.

The departmental indicators included in this Handbook are listed below.

Code Department

CHEfj. Chemical. Engineering

CHEM Chemistry

CIVL Civil Fngineering and Surveying (Civil Engineering subject)

COMM Commerce

COMP Computer Science

ECON Economics

INFO Management (Information Science subject)

LAW Law

ELEC Electrical and Computer Engineering

MATH Mathematics

MECH Mechanical Engineering

MNGT Management

PHIL Philosophy

Physics

Psychology

Statistics

PHYS

PSYC

STAT SURV Civil Engineering and Surveying (Surveying subject)

57

Page 36: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGHT

Prerequisites, Corequisites and Assumed Knowledge

Many subjects have prerequisite, corequisite or assumed knowledgerequirements. Themeaningofthesetennsaredefmed in the relevant degree regulations. The prerequisite, corequisite or assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects described in this Handbook are set out in Section 9.

The head of the department offering a subject may waive the prerequisite, corequisite or assumed knowledge requirements of that subject. Students should obtain any such waiverin writing on the form available from the School Office and submit the completed form attached to any request for variation of program.

Examinations and Assessment

Refer to policies 3.1 and 3.5 of the Faculty's Policies on Undergraduate Performance and Progress published in Section 4 of this Handbook.

Students will be advised of the assessment procedures for each subject within the first 4 weeks of classes.

Contact Hours

The credit point value of a subject gives an indication of the workload required of a student as a proportion of the nonnal full­time annual workload of 80 credit points (see General Course Rules and Information in Section 4). Contact hours vary according to the content and teaching requirements of each subject. In most cases, however, a 5 credit point engineering subject offered in one semester requires 3 contact hours per week. Scheduled contact hours are specified in the University Timetable.

Texts

The information on required texts available at the time of publication is included in each subject description. In most cases it is recommended that students purchase the texts specified, however, it is suggested that students consult with the lecturer concerned bef~re finalising the purchase of texts.

References

Information on reference material is not published in this Handbook. In the case of subjects offered by departments of the Faculty of Fngineering, the details of appropriate reference material will be supplied by the lecturer concerned. In the case of other subjects, reference material may be specified in the handbook of the faculty in which the subject originates.

Availability of Subjects

Not all subjects are necessarily available in each academic year. In particular elective subjects may not proceed if the department concerned considers that there is insufficient demand for the subject or if insufficient resources are available.

In September, Departments will indicate the elective subjects which the department intends to offer in the following year. Students requesting enrolment in these subjects should check with the department in the first weekofthe semesterto ensure that the subject that they have chosen will indeed be offered.

58

GUIDE TO SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Alterations to Subjects

The Faculty Board and the departments oftheFaculty reserve the right to amend any aspect of the content of any subject or the arrangements for offering a subject. The details of subjects given in this Handbook and the University Timetable are an expression of intent only and arenot to be taken as afirm offeror undertaking.

SECTION EIGHT

Chemical Engineering Subjects CHEE1l1 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES Scp

Design concepts in the process industries. Flow diagram of typical chemical and metallurgical processes. Calculation of material and energy balances. Properties of vapours and liqUidS. Equilibrium processes. Humidification, drying. Crystallization.

Text

Wall, T.F. Industrial Process Principles Notes (Department of Chemical Engineering)

CHEE1l2 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL IOcp ENGINEERING

Process variables and their measurement - mass, volume, flow rate, composition, temperature, pressure. Process data and its statistical analysis. Fluid properties and fluid statics. Mechanics of solids. Elasticity.Mass, energy and momentum conservation relationships. The concepts of flux, driving force andrate (transfer) coefficients. Heat transfer. Steady state conduction and convection for simple systems. Mass transferand simple film theory. Radiation and temperature measurement, simple radiative exchange. Fluid flow in pipes. Pumps. Radiative exchange between surfaces. The theory of transfer equipment. Introduction to heat exchangers and cooling towers as examples.

Text

Coulson, J.M.& Richardson, J.P. CMmical Engineering VaLl 51 edn (Pergamon 1977)

IntroductiontoChemicalEngineeringNotes (Department of Chemical Engineering)

CHEE1l3 CHEMICAL AND MANUFACTURINGIOcp PROCESSES

An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process metallurgical industries in Australia, with reference to the world scene. Descriptions of processes used in the manufacture of the major industrial chemicals, including hydrometallurgical and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations. Description of various processes used in the fabrication and utilisation of materials. Visits to a number of industrial plants illustrative of the course material, and preparation of process flow diagrams, to Australian Standards requirements.

Text

Austin, G.T. Shreve's CMmicalProcess Industries 5th edn (McGraw­Hill 1985)

CHEE191 CHEEl92 CHEEl93 CHEEl94

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

Scp Scp Scp Scp

These subjects are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students. Only one such subject may be taken in anyone year. Students will be required to present a report giving a connectcd account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Industrial Experiencesubjects may be taken by part-time students

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

in any year after completion of Stage I and counted towards satisfaction of the Elective requirements of the course.

CHEE241 DESIGN PRINCIPLES lOcp

Mechanical Design: Elementary design of beams, columns, drive shafts and simple structures. Wind loads. Design of unfired pressure vessels with particular reference to Code requirements. Interpretation of engineering drawings. Elementary sketching and flowsheet drafting. Use of computer graphics.

Materiflls: Materials of construction for process equipment in chemical industry . Use and limitations of various metals, plastics and ceramics.

Texts

SAACode Engineering Drawing Practice (AS CZI-1982)

SAACode Unfired Pressure Vessels (AS 1210-1989)

Gorenc,B. Steel Designers Handbook (NSW University Press 1984)

CHEE242 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING lOcp COMPUTATIONS

Development of a student's ability to write and understand computer programs that usc numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in engineering. The main emphasis is on efficient computing methods. Topics include numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations including stability, convergence criteria, "stifr' equations and boundary value problems. N umcrica1 solution of partial differential equations. Explicit and implicit methods of computation; solution of elliptic equations by the grid, iterative and relaxation methods. Solution of hyperbolic equations by the grid method. Solution of parabolic equations by explicit, implicit methods. Microcomputer applications in Chemical Engineering.

Text

Chapra, S.c. and Canale, RP. Nwnerical Methods for Engineers (McGraw-Hill 1985)

CHEE263 TRANSFER PRINCIPLES 1 10cp

Introduction to minerals and metals: The earth's mineral resources, mineral economics, exploration, evaluation of ore bodies Australian deposits of metallics, non-metallics and fuels. Types of rocks. Methods of de position and f onnation of minerals. Physical and chemical propertics. Separation of minerals based on physical properties. Basics of metal extraction. Oxidation and reduction, roasting, reactions in melts. Hydrometallurgy. Production of iron, copper and aluminium.

Fluid Mechanics: Fluids in motion. Conservation of mass and energy. Continuity, Bernoulli and Euler Equations, Momentum equation, applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Flow measurement. Compressible flow. Multi-phase flow.

Text

Streeter, V.L., and Wylie, E.n. Fluid Mechanics SI edn (McGraw~HillI981)

59

Page 37: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION ElGIn'

CHEE264 TRANSFER PRINCIPLES 2 IOcp

HeatandMassTransfer: A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer, Concepts of flux, driving force. Diff usivit y and conductivity: rate equations. Dimensional analysis. Heat transfer by convection, conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coefficients. Radiative heat transfer. Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficients. Correlation of transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory , vapour-liquid equilibria Heat exchanger design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co and counter-current arrangements. Evaporation and boiling.

Fuels: Energy sources and use. Fuelsandcombustionequipment. Coal properties and potential use. Coking coals and coke making. Combustion mechanisms. Heat transfer in furnaces.

Texts

Coulson, I.M. & Richardson, I.F. Chemical Engineering Vol.l, S1 edn (pergamon 1977)

Perry, J.H. and Chilton, C.H. Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1985)

CHEE28l LABORATORY 1 5cp

A set of experiments illustrating the fundamentals of fluid flow, heat and mass transfer. Plant visits and report writing on elements of unit operation encountered.

Text

Holman, J.P. Experimental Methods for Engineers 4th edn (McGraw­Hill 1984)

CHEE282 LABORATORY 2 lOcp

A set of experiments illustrating the fundamentals of fluid flow, heat and mass transfer. Plant visits andreport writing on elements of unit operation encountered.

Text

Holman, J:P. Experimental Methods for Engineers 4th edn (McGraw­Hill 1984)

CHEE30l SELECTED TOPIC IN CHEMICAL 5cp ENGINEERING

A topic in Chemical Engineering to be approved by the Head of Department.

CHEE32l MODELLING OF PROCESSES 5cp

An introduction to mathematical modelling and the unsteady­state behaviour of chemical plant and processes. Revision of Laplace transformations, transfer function concept, unsteady state materials and energy balances as a technique for system modelling, first order systems, second order systems, response to disturbances-modelling of selected processes; response of sensing elements. Introduction to the principles of process control.

Text

Stephanopoulos, G. Chemical Process Con.lrol (Prentice-Hall 1984)

60

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

CHEE332 THERMODYNAMICS lOcp

First and second laws of thermodynamics. The phase rule. Heats of formation and combustion. Thermodynamic properties of fluids. Phase equilibria; chemical reaction equilibria Power cycles. Open flow systems. Compressible flow.

Text

Daubert, T.E. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (McGraw-Hill 1985)

CHEE34l PROJECT ENGINEERING AND lOcp MANAGEMENT

Project Engineering: The technical and administrative aspects leading to the successful commissioning of a chemical plant, including site and process selection, contracting, construction and commissioning. Network analysis. Process and storage vessels, pumps and pipelines. Plant utilities, including compressed air, cooling water, steam and refrigeration. Process energy systems and drives, including fuels, electricity supply and electrical drive systems. Process instrumentation, concepts and hardware.

Management Principles: Management structure, industrial relations, legal and sociological considerations. Estimation of capital and operating costs for process plants, break -even analysis, project profitability, discounting techniques, economic evaluation of alternatives, risk analysis. Basic procedures for cost accounting, budgeting, purchasing and inventory control.

Site inspections of appropriate industries

Text

Peters, M.S. & Timmerhaus, K.D. Plant Design and Economics for the Process Industries (McGraw-Hili)

CHEE342 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT lOcp

General introduction to the inherent hazards of the materials and processes relevant to the chemical industry. Elements of hazard analysis and optimization. Aspects of industrial toxicology. Sources, types and effects of explosions. Legal, environmental and ecological considerations in the disposal of industrial wastes. Waste disposal and pollution control; treatment and disposal of solid, liquid and gaseous effluents; recycle possibilities, statutory requirements and environmental regulations; E.I.S. assessment.

CHEE35l ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND 5cp CORROSION

Introductory electrochemistry. Potential and potential differences at interfaces. Charged interfaces, and charge transfer between phases. Electrode processes. Diffusion control. Corrosion and passivation. Evans and Pourbaix diagrams. Cathodic and anodic protection. Techniques of corrosion inhibition. Stress corrosion cracking.

CHEE352 TRANSPORT PHENOMENA 5cp

Transport by molecular motion. Shell balances. Equations of change. Unsteady state solutions. Algebraic and numerical solutions.

SECfION EIGfIT

Text

Bird R.B., Stewart W.E. et al Transport Phenomena (Wiley 1960)

CHEE353 SURFACE CHEMISTRY 1 lOcp

Properties of minerals and their relation to minerals beneficiation. Techniques of separation based on volume properties (gravity, electrostatic, magnetic) and surface properties (charge, hydrophobicity). Flotation. Action of collectors, modifiers, frothers. Electrokinetic phenomena Oxide and sulphide flotation. Flocculation and agglomeration.

Text

Shaw,D.C. Introduction to Colloid and Surface Chemistry (Butterworth 1980)

CHEE354 BIOTECHNOLOGY 5cp

Properties of important micro-organisms; thermodynamic and stoichiometric aspects of microbial metabolism and activity. Product pathways and enzymes. Reactors and flow behaviour of fennentation fluids; transfer processes and unit operations for prOOuctrecovery; with examples from pharmaceutical, agriculture, food, energy and liqUid effluent control.

CHEE356 PROCESS SYNTHESIS 5cp

The utilisation of computer software packages for complete flowsheet development and analysis of process synthesis to the solution of complex chemical engineering design problems.

CHEE357 FUEL TECHNOLOGY 1 5cp

The properties of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels including their analysis. Combustion mechanisms, including air requirements. mixing and ignition in burners. Coal combustion in suspension and in beds.

CHEE358 PROCESS METALLURGY 1 5cp

Chemical thermodynamics and kinetics of complex heterogenous systems. Computer calculations of complex equilibria Physical chemistry of iron and steelmaking and of selected non-ferrous metallurgical processes. Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of steel-making processes. Mixing theory and simulation of batch and semi-continuous pyrometallurgical reactors. Flow systems in pyrometallurgica1 processes; slag-metal processes, gas-metal flow in vacuum processes, melting on packed beds,jet behaviour in metallurgical reactors, gas bubble flow, molten metal. Flow in ingots and castings and at solidification interfaces.

CHEE365 INTRODUCTION TO MINERAL 5cp PROCESSING

Properties and handling of particulate solids. Size analysis, screening. Size reduction comminution. Mixing and blending of solids and liquids. Motion of particles in a fluid. Tenninal velocity drag coefficients. Sedimentation and filtration. Classification and elutriation. Fluidization; pneumatic and hydraulic transport.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

CHEE372 SEPARATION PROCESSES lOcp

Physical property criteria for separation process selection. Phase equilibria; equilibrium stage and continuous contacting operations; analysis of principal separation processes, including distillation, absorption, extraction, evaporation, humidification, crystallization and drying, hydraulic design of mass transfer equipment; stage efficiency, energy requirements; analysis of multi-component separation processes including azeotropic, extractive and complex distillation.

Text

McCabe, W.L., and Smith, I.C. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1985)

CHEE38l ENGINEERING APPLICATION 5cp LABORATORY

In addition to fonnallecture courses, students undertake relevant practical exercises involving, for example, assembly, installation and operation of equipment Students will acquire a good level of understandingandexperienceintheimplementationofappropriate safe working practices.

CHEE382 LABORATORY 3 5cp

A number of open-ended investigations illustrating Year m lecture topics, including experiments on instrumentation and control of process plant.

CHEE383 LABORATORY 4 5cp

A number of open-ended investigations illustrating Year m lecture topics, including experiments on instrumentation and control of process plant.

CHEE40l SPECIAL TOPIC 5cp

A topic in Chemical Engineering to be approved by Head of Department.

CHEE421 PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION

lOcp

A course in the control of chemical processes. Linear systems, differential equations and transfer functions. Description of plant instrumentation. Revision of complex functions. Analysis and design of simple control systems based on system stability and transient response. Advanced and multi·variable processes. Programmable controllers and computer control. Laboratory exercises included.

Text

Stephenopoulos, G. Chemical Process Con.lrol (Prentice-Ha11 1984)

61

Page 38: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGHT

CHEE432 KINETICS AND REACTION ENGINEERING

10cp

The kinetics of homogeneous reactions and the design of theideal reactors - batch, plug and mixed flow. Single and multiple reactions. Non-idealflow and theresidencetime distribution. The rate equations for heterogeneous reactions. Rate controlling mechanisms and approximations. An outline of catalysis and the properties of catalysts. The rale equations for porous solids and the analysis of rate data

Text

Levenspiel. 0 Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1972)

CHEE451 SURFACE CHEMISTRY 2 5cp

Selected topics in surface chemistry relevant to chemical engineering and mineral processing.

CHEE452 MINERAL PROCESSES 2 5cp

A treatment of unit operations of mineral processing.

CHEE453 PROCESS OPTIMIZATION 5cp

Introduction to stoichastic processes and their simulation. Analyticaland numerical techniques for optimization with single and multiple variable problems. Development of simple flowsheets, process synthesis, to emphasise optimization possibilities or alternatives.

Text

Tab .. H.A. Operations Research (MacMillan 1987)

CHEE454 FUEL TECHNOLOGY 2 5cp

Combustion aerodynamics, swirling jets and particle laden jets. Furnace types and their design .. Combustion generated pollutents. Interchange of fu~ls.

CHEE455 HEAT TRANSFER 5cp

Analytical solutions and numerical methods in conduction, convection and thermal radiation, with detailed examinations of selected applications.

CHEE456 PROCESS METALLURGY 2 5cp

Chemistry of extraction, metal extractant chemistry, interphase mass transfer. dispersion and coalescence. Computational techniques, industrial extraction equipment and costs, mixer­settlers, columns, bucket, G machines, heap leaching, biological extraction Industrial processes.

CHEE491 SEMINAR 5cp

Regular seminar sessions will be held during the semester for discussions of literature reviews, chemical engineering practice and research within the department. Each student will present no less than two half-hour papers in the course of the semester.

62

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

CHEE495 DESIGN PROJECT 20cp

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the reports students are required to take a design paper.

CHEE496 ADVANCED DESIGN PROJECT lOcp

A major extension to CHEE 495 Design Project.

CHEE497 RESEARCH PROJECT 20cp

An experimental or theoretical investigation, or the design, construction and testing of experimental equipment to bereported formally in a project report.

CHEE498 ADVANCED RESEARCH PROJECT lOcp

A major extension to CHEE 497 Research Project.

CHEE511 COAL COMBUSTION 10cp

The course will cover the current understanding of the principles of coal combustion, including some properties and classification, combustion calculations, devolatilization, ignition, bum-out of char. Emphasis will be given to coal mineral reactions infumaces and the relation with ash formation, depOsition, ash collection, SOx emission, and trace elements; the relationship between nitrogen and NOx emissions; spontaneous combustion These principles will finally be used to evaluate the present laboratory techniques for characterising coal.

CHEE512 COAL TECHNOLOGY 10cp

The course will cover the existing teclmologies associated with coal use, particularly those for coal fired plant. Topics covered may include: an introduction to coal geology and mining; coal transport, handling and storage; pulverizing mills; boilers and furnaces; slagging, fOUling, erosion; corrosion; ash collection, NOx and SOx; ash handling. An outline of developing firing techniques such as slurry firing, fluidized bed and clean up for gases and solids will also be given.

CHEE513 FURNACE TECHNOLOGY 10cp

Furnace construction and refractories. Heat balances and efficiency. The importance of convection and radiative transfer. The treatment of radiation in furnaces, emitters in coal fired furnaces, surfaceemissivities and the thermal conductivity or ash layers. The use of the well-mixed furnace model in quantifying the effects of fuel changes (from' oil to gas and coal) and operational changes. An introduction to the zone method of analysis. Flames and jets, entrainment and mixing, swirled jets. The modelling of flame processes and furnace heat transfer.

SECfION EIGHT

Chemistry Subjects CHEMIOI CHEMISTRY 101 lOcp St~nlS who have not studied Chemistry previously are strongly advlsed to read the first six chapters in the main text (Brown and LeMay) before the commencement of the academic year.

Gene~al C~mjstry: (approx. 12 lectures) Revision of basic cherruCal pnnciples. Introduction to atomic and molecular concepts. Simple ionic and covalent bonding models.

Organic Chemistry: (approx. 24 lectures) Historical development. Th~ shapes, structures and names of organic ~mpou~ds.; react10ns of common functional groups; synthesis, dlffe~nt~a1ion and structural elucidation of organic compounds. Applications of organic chemistry.

Note: Labo~atory workwillcoumfor 10% ofthefinalassessmem but ~ pass In laboratory work is a prerequisite to a pass in the subject. See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Randbo kfi further information. 0 or

Texts

Aylward, G.H. & Findlay, T.r.V. S.l. Chemical Data, 2nd edn (Wiley, 1974)

Brown, W.H.

Imroduction to Organic Chemistry, 4th edn (Wadsworth student edn 1988)

Brown, T.L. and LeMay, H.E.

Chemistry - The Cemral Science, 4th edn (Prentice-Hall 1988) ,

Lehman, J.W.

Molecular Model Set for Organic Chemistry (Allyn & Baccn, 1984)

CHEMI02 CHEMISTRY 102 10cp

lno.rganic Chemi~try: (approx. 12lectures) Inorganic solids and therr structures. Simple molecular orbital theory and bo din . tal " n gIn me s. Transluon metal chemistry, coordination compounds.

Physical Chen:istry: (approx. 24 lectures) Chemical equilibria, thermodynanncs, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics.

Note: Labo~atory work will countfor 10% of the final assessment but ~ pass In laboratory work is a prerequisite to a pass in the subject. See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbookfor further information.

Text

Brown, T.L. & LeMay, HE.

Chemistry - The Cemral Science, 4th edn (Prentice-Hall 1988) ,

CHEM241 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 10cp Chemical I!ynamics: ~e laws of chemical kinetics; principles of ~:c~arusm; detenn~ation; transition state theory; electrolyte acllVlty, thermodynanucs of galvanic cells.

Surfa.c~ C hem.ist?.' Definitions; binding in crystals; condensation coefft~ent; StlC~g probability; absorbtion isothcnns; Langmuir model, types of Isotherms; determination of sUIface area of adsorbents (BET); applications of adsorptions.

CHEMISTRY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy: Structure of free atom' Bohrmodel; electronic structureof diatomic molecules' potentiai energy CUlVes; rotational spectroscopy ,

Note: Labo~atory work will countfor 15% of the final assessment but ~ pass In laboratory work is a prerequisite to a pass in the subject. See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbookfor further information.

Texts

Atkins, P.W.

Physical Chemistry, 3rd edn (Oxford, 1982)

63

Page 39: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGHI'

Civil Engineering Subjects CIVLlll MECHANICS AND STRUCTURES Scp

Introduction to the behaviour of structures. Statics; forces as vectors, resultant, equilibrium in two dimensions. Beams, trusses; method of joints. method of sections. Statical determinacy. Compatibility. properties of sections, stress, strain, Mohr's circle. Columns; stability, Euler's fonnuia

Texts

Atkins, KJ. et at Mechanics and Structures (Science Press)

Atkins, KJ. Teaching Programmes in Mechanics and Structures (Science Press)

Atkins, K.J. & Darvall, P. Mechanics and Structures: Worked Problems (Science Press)

CIVLl31 FLUID MECHANICS 1 Scp

Fluid properties. Fluid statics, stability of submerged and floating bodies, relative equilibrium. Fluid-flow concepts and basic equations of continuity. energy. linear and angular momentum.

Text

Streeter, V.L & Wylie, E.B. Fluid Mechanics SI Metric Edn (McGraw-Hill-Ryerson

1981)

CIVLl91 CIVL192 CIVLl93 CIVLl94

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

Scp Scp Scp Scp

These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluatipn of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such subjects may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See Section 4 of this Handbook).

CIVL212 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Scp

Revise stress and strain, extension of bars. Simple statically indetenninate problems, thermal stresses, superposition, strain energy, nonlinear deformation in axially loaded bars. Thin shells subject to internal pressure, Mohr's circle of stresses. Shear strain, generalised stress-strain relations. Axial force, shear force and bendingmomentdiagramsin beams andstatically determinate frames. Revise geometrical properties of plane figures, Bending stresses and strains, shear stresses in beams, deflection of beams. Shear centre of open thin walled sections, torsion of circular sections, combined stresses, failure criteria Column stability.

CIVL213 THEORY OF STRUCTURES 1 Scp

Revise redundancy, stable and unstable structures. Simple statically indeterminate beam problems. Strain energy, dynamic application of loads, energy theorems. Force method for simple pinjointed and plane rigid frames. Displacement method; slope deflection, moment distribution without sway.

64

crvn. ENGINEERING SUBJEcr DESCRIPTIONS

CIVL222 MATERIALS 2 Scp

Fundamentals of concrete technology. Properties of and code requirements for component materials. Properties of fresh and hardened concrete, mix design. Laboratory testing of materials.

Texts

Heaton, B.S. Fundamentals o/Concrete Technology (Course Notes)

CIVL223 MATERIALS 3 Scp

Concrete manufacture and field control. Properties and behaviour of brick. masonry and timber. Theoretical background and laboratory tests of elastic and inelastic properties, creep, hardness and fracture of metals and timber. Laboratory testing of concrete

and component materials.

Nagarajan, N. & Antill, J.M. Australian Concrete Inspection Manual (Pitman, Australia 1978)

CIVL224 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION IOcp

This subject outlines the geological concepts and soil properties thatareimportantingeotechnicaldesign. Techniquesforsampling and field investigations will be discussed. The subject provides an introductory basis for later subjects in soil mechanics.

CIVL232 FLUID MECHANICS 2 Scp

Dimensional. analysis and dynamic similitude. Viscous effects. Ruid resistance. Laminar and· turbulent flow. Boundary layer concepts. Drag on immersed bodies. Frictional resistance in conduits. Compressible flow. Compressible flow in conduits. Ideal-fluid flow. Row nets. Seepage flow.

CIVL233 FLUID MECHANICS 3 Scp

Ruid measurement. Turbomachinery. Specific speed, pumps and turbines, cavitation. Steady-closed conduit flows. Pipe networks. Unsteady flows in pipes and conduits. WateIhammer.

CIVL241 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Scp

Life cycles. Material and energy balances. Chemical systems. Biological processes. Water treatment. Wastewater treatment. Solid waste management. Environmental impact and protection.

CIVL2Sl SYSTEMS Scp

General introduction to the systems approach. Economics of large engineering projects in the public domain. Mathematical modelling. Mathematical programming techniques. Networks, CPM. Examples in civil engineering practice.

CIVL271 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING 10cp

Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction. Transportation modes and system characteristics. Transportation demandestimates,datacollection. Trafficengineering. Highway engineering. Driver, vehicle and road characteristics, road geometrics. Road construction, drainage, pavements,

maintenance.

SEerION EIGHf

Texts

Lay,M.G. SOUTce Book for Australian Roads (Australian Road Research Board)

Interim Guide to Geometric Design of Rural Roads (NAASRA 1980)

Guide to the Geometric Design ofRUTalRoads (Austroads 1989)

CIVL314 THEORY OF STRUCTURES 2 Scp

Revise moment distribution, introduce sway. Revise flexibility (force) method. Stiffness method; member stiffness matrix, structure stiffness matrix by deformation approach. Influence lines. Introduce plastic theory of structures, bounding theorems.

CIVL31S STRESS ANALYSIS Scp

General theory of elasticity. Application to bending and stress about circular holes. Stress concentrations, fatigue. Torsion, membrane analogy, closed sections. Laterally loaded plates: Navier, Levi, Rayleigh-Ritz solutions. Axi-symmetric shells. Experimental methods.

Text

Timoshenko, S. and Goodier, N. Theory of Elasticity (McGraw-Hill)

CIVL316 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1 lOcp Loads andloading combinations. The design process, conceptual design. The design of reinforced concrete members and connections.

Texts

Warner, R.F., Rangan, B.V. & Hall, A.S. Reinforced Co'ncrete 3rd. eeln. (Longman 1988)

Relevant SAA. Cades.

CIVL317 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2 10cp

The design of steel members, composite beams, and connections.

Texts Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates (B.H.p)

Gorenc, B.E. & Tinyc)U,.R. Steel Designer's Handbook (N.S.W.U.P.)

Trahair, N.S. & Bradford, M.A.. The Behaviour and Design of Steel Structures (Chapman and Hall)

Relevant SAA. Codes

CIVL325 SOIL MECHANICS 1 Scp

Index properties, classification of soils; permeability, capillarity, seepage and flow nets; stresses in soils. Settlement and consolidation; compaction.

CIVL326 SOIL MECHANICS 2 Scp

Shear strength and failure criteria; stability of retaining walls, surface footings and slopes.

CIVn.. ENGINEERING SUBJEer DESCRIPTIONS

CIVL327 CONCRETE AND METALS Scp TECHNOLOGY

Resume of important properties of concrete. Serviceability requirements of SAA Code; durability, corrosion resistance, fire resistance, elastic and long term deflection, shrinkage. Testing and assessment for compliance of concrete specified by compressive strength. Special types of concrete.

Metals used in structures. Corrosion causes, prevention and control. Effect of welding. Metal fatigue, brittlefracture,larninar tearing.

Text AS 3600-1988 Concrete Structures (Standards Association of Australia 1988)

CIVL334 OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAULICS Scp

Concepts of fluid flow as applied to open channels. Specific energy. Subcritical and supercritical flows. Transitions. Hydraulic jump. Uniform flow. Gradually varied flow. Lateral inflow. Measurement and controls.

CIVL342 HYDROLOGY Scp

Hydrologic cycle processes; preCIpitation, infiltration, evapotranspiration, runoff and groundwater. Measurement of precipitation and streamflow. Flood hydrology; rainfall and flood frequency analysis, rational method, unitgraph methods, runoff and flood routing. Yield hydrology; waterbalance,rainfaIl­runoff relationships, flow duration. Groundwater hydrology; aquifers, well hydraulics, recharge and extraction, geohydrology, digital models.

CIVL3S2 MANAGEMENT Scp

Principles of decisionmalcing. Cost-Benefit analysis. Principles of management, management functions and techniques. Natwe and type of organisational structures. Industrial relations. Organisational behaviour. Costing, estimating, engineering contracts, drawings and Specifications, tendering. Project planning and control.

CIVL381 STATISTICAL METHODS Scp

This course provides an introduction to probability and statistics useful in civil engineering practice. Overviews of probability and distribution theory. Probability distributions commonly used in civil engineering. Descriptive methods. Statistical inference. Fitting probability distributions. Bayesian linear and non-linear regression models. Datageneration. Computer packages. Example applications in waterresource, structural and transport engineering.

CIVL382 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Scp

Introduction to the finite element method. Emphasis on the generality of the technique. Topics covered include Lagrange interpolation, numerical integration, solution to linear equations, truss elements, beam elements, 2-dimensional solid elements and the solution of field problems. Theory is reinforced by programming assignments which use the NAG finite element library.

65

Page 40: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGIIT

CIVIAIO DYNAMICS AND STABILITY Scp OF STRUCTURES

Vibration of single degree of freedom systems, lumped mass systems, multi-degrees of freedom systems, frequency of vibration, introduction to nmdom vibrations, impulse loading. Stability concept; vanishing stiffness matrix. Elastic stability of framed structures using matrix stability functionS. Tabulated

solutions.

CIVIA18 THEORY OF STRUCTURES 3 Scp

Plastic analysis of frames. Lower bound design. main code requirements, plastic stability. Yield line analysis of slabs, strip method of design, flat slab systems. Retaining walls. Basic design of prestressed concrete structures.

CIVlA19 MASONRY AND TIMBER DESIGN Scp

The properties and behaviour of masonry and its components. The design of masonry structures including recent developments in high rise construction. The properties and behaviour of timber. The design of timber structures.

CIVIA28 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING Scp

Site investigation, design of shallow foundations, piled foundations, soilimprovement, design of embankments, cuttings, earth dams, buried pipes.

CIVlA29 ROCK MECHANICS Scp

Index properties and classification, rock strength and failure criteria, defonnation of rocks, in situ stress, planes of weakness, foundations on rock, underground openings, rock slopes,

CIVlA3S RIVER AND COASTAL ENGINEERING

Scp

Review and extension of elementary principles of open channel flow. Erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Ruvial morphology, riveftraining, Scour protection at artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves, Reflection, refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and coastal models,

CIVlA43 WATER RESOURCES Scp ENGINEERING

This course considers several areas of applied water resources engineering emphasizing synthesis of basic principles and design. Urban drainage: layout and design, runoff routing, retarding basins, Rood management: mitigation schemes, Water supply systems: objectives, economics, stochastic behaviour, design, operation, modelling.

ClVlAS3 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN I IScp

Examples of Civil Engineering design in steel and concrete structures, geomechanics and water resource systems, Visits to works of interest. Interaction with other professions, regulatory authorities and practising engineers.

66

CIVIL ENGINEERING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

CIVlAS4 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN 2 lScp

Further examples as per CIVL453.

CIVIASS PROJECT IScp

Literature review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of one or more ci vii engineering design problems. Presentation of seminar.

CIVIA72 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING Scp

Structure of road pavements; failure modes; pavement design methods. Material requirements, strength. strain at failure, fatigue, skid resistance. Testing of materials, subgrade, granular and stabilized bases, bituminous materials,

Texts

Lay,M.G. Source Book for Australian Roads (Australian Road Research Board)

NAASRA Guide /0 the Structural Design of Road Pavements

CIVlA91 SPECIAL TOPIC Scp

A contemporary topic in civil engineering approved by the Head of Department.

CIVlA92 SPECIAL TOPIC Scp

A contemporary topic in civil engineering approved by the Head of Department.

SECfION EIGHT

Commerce Subjects COMMIOI FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

FUNDAMENTALS IOcp

Entry to this subject is restricted to students meeting the entry requirements for the BComm degree program.

Analysis of the accounting function within the business environment. The development of a conceptual framework of accounting withrespect to the preparation of conventional financial repoJ1.s. Examination of the predominant fonns of business organisation (sole traders, partnerships and companies), the relative advantages and disadvantages of each fonn of business organisation and the primary conventional accounting methods applied fo record the financial consequences of business operations.

COMMI02 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IOcp FUNDAMENTALS

Development of basic management accounting techniques to provide data primarily for internal financial assessments by management, including: allocation of overheads, product costing, budgeting, cost-volume-profit analysis, differential analysis and various capital investment models. Introduction to the Australian capital market, and analysis and interpretation of financial statements. These are developed in relation to the operating, investment _and financing decisions of a business entity.

Additional Commerce subjects are described in tM Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook.

COMPUfER SCIENCE SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Computer Science Subjects COMPIOI COMPUTER SCIENCE I 20cp

Entry to this subject by students other than Ilwse enrolled in the BCompSc, BE(Compuler Engineering) and BlnfSc degree programs is limited by quota. See the Faculty Secretary for details.

Introduction to the following aspects of computer science: The design of algorithms. The theory of algorithms. How algorithms are executed as programs by acomputer. Thefunctionsof system software (compilers and operating systems), Applications of computers. Social issues raised by computers, An extensive introduction to programming Pascal and afunctional programming language.

COMPI02 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING

Scp

This subject is not available to students enrolled in computer science degree or diploma courses. Completion of this subject meets tM programming competence requirement for admission to tM postgraduate DipCompSc and DipComp programs.

An introduction to structured programming and the design of algorithms using the high level language Pascal. The fonnal definition of high level languages and basic data structures will also be introduced.

COMP201 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES Scp

Basic data structures are investigated. Topics covered will include a review of elementary data structures, an introduction to the concept of an abstract data type and the abstraction and implementation of data types selected from lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and sets.

COMP202 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE Scp

Provides basic introduction to the logical internal structure of computers and the implementation of computer arithmetic and number handling systems.

COMP203 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE Scp

Thecourseis divided into two sections. Thefirst section provides an introduction to computer organisation and assembly language programming. TopiCS covered include data representation, computer structures, registers, addressing modes, instruction sets, subroutines and the use of stacks. The second section of the course is an introduction to operating system principles. Topics covered include process management synchronisation and resource allocation,

COMP204 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE Sop SEMANTICS

Examination of the major concepts which underlie modem programming languages. A variety of programming styles will be compared, including imperative, object-oriented, functional, and logic programming. Representative languages will be introduced to illustrate the concepts behind each style. Programming design issues such as data encapsulation, information hiding, and inheritance will also be studied. Languages

67

Page 41: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGIIT

studied chosen from C, C++, lisp, Modula-2, Pascal, Prolog, Scheme, Smalltalk, Ada.

COMP20S PROGRAMMING IN C Scp

C programming farthase already proficient in Pascal. Elementary Unix system calls and interfaces to other languages such as­Pascal and Assembly Language. Use of UNIX software system tools such as "make", "lint" and "indent",

COMP206 THEORY OF COMPUTATION Scp

Anintroductiontotheoretica1computerscience,coveringma1eriaI in the areas of formal languages, automata' theory and computability.

COMP241 COGNITIVE SCIENCE IOcp

An interdisciplinary approach to the examination of models and metaphors of mind, language, knowledge and perception used by various disciplines and the potential applications of those models and metaphors by artificial intelligence researchers. computer scientists and engineers.

COMP299 PROJECT Scp

A project in computer science forstudents enrolled in the Diploma of Computer Science program.

COMP301 COMPILER DESIGN IOcp

Introduction to the theoryof grammars. Lexicalanalysers, parsing techniques, objectcode generation. Design of interpreters. Global and peephole optimisation. Runtime support, error management. Translator writing systems.

COMP302 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IOcp

An introductory overview to Artificial Intelligence, covering some or all of the following topics: history of AI; game playing; knowledge representation; search techniques; natural language processing; e?C.pert systems; automatic deduction; theorem proving; comprller vision; computer learning; philosophical, psychological, and social issues.

COMP303 COMPUTER NETWORKS lOcp

An introduction to data communication networks. Topics include data transmission, transmission media, network protocols, ISOI OSI, public data networks, local area networks and distributed systems.

COMP304 DATABASE DESIGN IOcp

A basic introduction to database systems, with particular emphasis on relational database systems. Topics covered will include: basic concepts and terminology, types of systems (hierarchic, relational, network, inverted list), data design, relational theory, relational algebra, relational calculus, data integrity/recovery, security, concurrency, distributed systems.

68

COMPlITER SCIENCE SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

COMP30S ALGORITHM DESIGN AND lOcp ANALYSIS

Approaches to the design of computer algorithms with several important examples. Analysis of algorithm performance, computational complexity, NP-completeness.

COMP306 COMPUTER GRAPHICS IOcp

This subject will cover advanced computer graphics topics with relevant mathematical and programming techniques and an overview of graphics hardware design. Topics include: Hardware devices for graphics output and input; geometrical transfonnations; homogeneous coordinates; planar projections; clipping in 2D and 3D modelling and object hierarchy; standards - GKS, PI-UGS; raster algorithms; antialiasing; region filling; 3D shape representation; polygon meshes; parametric cubics, Hennite, Bezier andB-splines; transfonning curves and patches, hiddenlineremoval,hiddensurfaceremovalalgorithms; shading and texture mapping; diffuse and specular reflection; colour modelling; growth models; fractals and particle systems; animation techniques; advanced graphics hardware architectures; future trends in computer graphics.

COMP307 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING IOcp PRINCIPLES

The subject comprises lectures in first semester plus a major assignment in second semester. After a brief explanation of the nature and life-cycle of large software systems, the software crisis which they have created, and the desirable properties of well-designed systems, the lectures explore the nature of stable systems in the natural world and in engineering and consider how humans think about, remember and create complex systems. This leads to the re-evaluation of the principles and techniques used in the construction of major software systems, offering new insights into the concepts of modularity and hierarchical structure.

COMP308 OPERATING SYSTEMS IOcp

An introduction to operating system structure and design. The course begins with a review of process management and inter­process synchronisation, covered as part of the Assembly Language course. New topics covered include advanced synchronisation techniques, deadlock detection, memory managementincludingvirtualstoragetechniques,multiprocessing and file systems. The emphasis will be on practical operating systems, and where possible reference will be made to existing systems currently in use.

COMP391 SPECIAL TOPIC 1

A topic of contemporary relevance in computer science.

COMP401 ADVANCED ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

IOcp

IOcp

Techniques for operative artificial intelligence based on formal logic. The subject includes lectures, tutorials and practical work.

SECfION EIGIIT

COMP402 FORMAL SEMANTICS OF IOcp PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

The syntax of programming languages is generally described quite concisely and unambiguously in syntax diagrams, BNF or the like; but the semantics, the meaning or the outcome of constructs in the language, is generally described quite sloppily in English. Several highly fonnal abstract systems have been developedforthesemanticdescriptionofprogramminglanguages. This subject will look at one of these.

COMP403 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE IOcp

An introduction to computer architecture and computer design from a software viewpoint. Topics covered will include instructions sets, register models, memory management hardware, protection, capability-based addressing schemes and advanced architectures. The course will conclude with a major case study based on the MONADS architecture.

COMP404 PARALLEL COMPUTATION IOcp AND VLSI

An introduction to theoretical aspects of the analysis and design of algorithms for parallel computation and their implementation inVLSI.

COMP40S DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING IOcp

Digital image processing deals whh the acquisition, transfonnation, enhancement and restoration of digital pictures. Fourier (and other) transfonnation techniques provide the basic tools which allow us to enhance and sharpen images, and undo various fonns of degradation (eg. motion blur) to restore images. Techniquesofimageencodingarediscussed.lmagesegmentation techniques (edge detection, region analysis etc) are also discussed. Advanced applications include 3D reconstruction from projections, stereo viewing, computed tomography (CAT scans). Some practical work will be done using various raster images and toolkits available.

COMP406 ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS IOcp

A critical study of operating system techniques, with emphasis on the nature of processes and the methods used to synchronise them, including a study of various advanced mechanisms. Other aspects studied may include modularity, naming, file system structures and command language design. Various new ideas for structuring operating systems are presented.

COMP408 NATURAL LANGUAGE IOcp PROCESSING

Natural Language is the sort of language spoken and written by people, as opposed to the codes used to instnict computers. Approaches to the processing of Natural Languages (which are very unsystematic) on computers (which require very systematic instruction) will be examined.

COMPlITER SCIENCE SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

COMP409 ADVANCED COMPILER DESIGN IOcp

In addition to lectures, students will complete a major 3-phase project. Symbol Table Structures for block structured languages, and special features such as Importing and Exporting. Run-time structures for block structured languages and Abstract Data Types. Code Generation to assembly language, machine independent and machine dependent optimisation.

COMP410 ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS IOcp

An investigation of the latest developments in computer network design. Topics include: virtual memory, networks, process migration, remote procedural. call, memory coherence algorithms. system stability and data security.

COMP411 COMP412 COMP413 COMP414

SPECIAL TOPIC A SPECIAL TOPIC B SPECIAL TOPIC C SPECIAL TOPIC D

lOcp lOcp IOcp lOcp

Each of these subjects consists of a series of lectures and/or practical work in an area of advanced computer science of contemporary interest. The content of a particular subject may vary from year to year according to developments in technology and the presence of academic visitors.

COMP42S HONOURS PROJECT 20cp

A substantial practical project involving approximately 400 hours of work which nonnally commences in early Febniary. Project topics are subject to the approval of the Course Coordinator in Computer Science. Theresultsoftheproject must be embodied in a thesis and submitted by the due date.

COMP43S SPECIAL TOPIC E 20cp

A series of lectures and/or practical work in an area of advanced computer science of contemporary interest. The content may vary from year to year according to developments in technology and the presence of academic visitors.

COMPSOI MASTER OF COMPUTING PROJECT PART A

30cp

This subject is available for students enrolled in the MComp degree program who are permitted by the Course Coordinator in Computer Science to meet the project requirements of that program, nonnally taken as COMP503, over two years. Project topics are subject to the approval of the Course Coordinator in Computer Science. It is expected that 500 hours of work will be completed in COMP501. Satisfactory completion of this work will lead to the award of a result of 'Ungraded Pass' (UP) and enable the student to proceed to complete the subject by undertaking COMP502.

COMPS02 MASTER OF COMPUTING 30cp PROJECT PART B

This subject enables completion of the majorprojectrequirement of the MComp program commenced in COMP50l. The results of the project must be embodied in athesis and submitted by the due date. The result in this subject will indicate the overall standard of the project.

69

Page 42: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION ElOIIT

COMPS03 MASTER OF COMPUTING PROJECT

60cp

A major project at masters level involving approximately 1000 hours of work which nOImally commences in early February. ProjecttopicsaresubjecttotheapprovaloftheCourseCoordinator in Computer Science. The results of the project must be embodied in a thesis and submitted by the due date.

70

ECONOMICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Economics Subjects ECONIOl ECONOMICS 1 20cp

The course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of economics. While emphasis through the course is on the theoretical underpirutings of economics the concepts afford significant insights into contemporary problems. The theoretical concepts developed will be used to address contemporary issues and problems. The fIrst semester will examine the principles of Microeconomics and their applications. Microeconomics is concerned with the rules of rationality for decisions made by individuals who wish to maximise their wellbeing, and the impact these decisions have upon the allocation of resources throughout an economy or society. Emphasis will be placed on contrasting theoretical conclusions with real-world praxis. The second semester is concerned with Macroeconomics. It will involve a study of the relationship between aggregates such as consumption, investment, employment, exchange rates, inflation and growth. Basic theoretical analysis will be used to explain policy alternatives and some of the problems involved in making appropriate policy decisions. The course will include a discussion of areas of theoretical controversy and provide some explanation as to why economists can advocate incompatible "solutions" to the same problem.

Text

Baumol, W.J., Blinder, A.S., Gunther, A. and Hicks, J. Economics: Principles and Policy: Australian Edn (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Group 1988)

ECON371 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS lOcp

An introduction to the fundamental theorems and principles of modem economic thought and their application to the real world problems ariSing in the context of regional and urban planning. Micro- and macro-economic principles will be introduced as required. Major problems to be examined: backward and underdevelopedregions,unemployment,labourmigrationpolicies for balanced regional growth, urban growth, sprawl, slum development, poverty and crime, traffic congestion, pollution, and declining quality of life.

Additional Economics subjects are described in the Faculty 0/ Economics and Commerce Handbook.

SECfION EIGHT ELECTRICAL AND COMPlITER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects ELEC130 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1 lOcp

Enrolment in this subject is limited to students enroJled in the BE program in Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Mechanical Engineering or the BCompSc program.

Introduction to Electrical Engineering, Concepts of voltage, current impedance, power and units of same. Voltage sources and current sources. Ohms Law, Kirchoff's Laws. Parallel and series resistive circuits. Inductors and capacitors and their properties. Response of Series RC and LCnetworks when fed from switched d.c.sources, ac. powers sources. Peak and r.m.s. quantities. Resistors, capacitors and inductors fed from sinusoidal voltage sources. Concept of phase. The phasor. Complex impedance and admittance. Phasordiagrams. Power,apparent power and reactive power in a.c. circuits. Power factor. Balanced 3-phase circuit analysis. Natural and forced response. Simple LCR circuits. Lectures are supported by tutorials and extensive laboratory work. The laboratory component includes an introduction to oscilloscopes, function generators, electronic power supplies and other laboratory instruments.

ELEC170 COMPUTER ENGINEERING 1 lOcp

Enrolment in this subject is limited to students enroJ1ed in the BE program in Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Mechanical Engineering or the BCompSc program.

The binary numbering system. Introduction to logic functions and logical circuits. Combinational logic, analysis and synthesis. MSI and LSI circuits. Elementary sequential logic, flip-flops, registers, counters and memory devices. Octal and hexadecimal number systems. Introduction to coding. Basic structures of computers. The function of the processor, main and secondary memory, 110 devices. Concept of buses . Memory, processor, I/O device intercormection. Function of data, address and control buses. Introduction to microprocessors. Basic elements of the processor, registers, A!--U and control logic. Description of machine cycles. Introduction to microprocessor instruction sets. Examples of microcomputerinterfac:ing and applications. Lectures are supported by tutorials and extensive laboratory work

Texts

Kami,S. Applied Circuit Analysis (Wiley 1988)

Lam, H. & O'Malley, J. Fundamentals o/Computer Engineering (Wiley 1988)

ELEC192 ELEC193 ELEC194 ELEC19S

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

Scp Scp Scp Scp

These subjects are designed to fonnalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to 3 credit points.

Students will also be required to present a report giving a cormected account and critical evaluation of Uteir engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See Section 4 of this Handbook).

ELECl97 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE lOcp

This 10 credit point elective is available to "sandwich" course students only. The student must be in appropriate full-time employment for one calendar year from lst July in the year preceding enrolment to 30th June in the year of enrolment. A diary must be kept, a seminar presented, and a detailed report submitted to Ute student's adviser. The report must indicate that the student has been engaged in a major engineering project.

ELEC211 ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONVERSION

Scp

This subject is offered as a service subject and is not available to students enrolled in the Electrical Engineering or Computer Engineering program.

Discussion of energy conversion possibilities. Examination of typical electrical supply systems; magnetic circuits; transformers; three phase power, elementary rotating machines; direct cunent machines; induction machines; demonstration of DC machines; synchronous machines; electronic power conversion and control systems.

ELEC220 ELECTRONICS 1 lOcp

An introductory subject on the physics of electronic devices and the design of discrete component electronic circuits. The subject comprises a series of lectures, laboratories and tutorials.

Text

Horenstein, M.N. Microelectronic Circuits and Devices (Prentice-Hall 1990)

ELEC230 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 20cp

The fWldamental concepts of electrical engineering are expounded The subject builds on and expands the ftrst year circuits topics. The student is also introduced to electro-mechanical energy conversion principles which fonn the basis of future power subjects. A broad outline of Ute subject content is as follows. Reviewof a.c. circuitUtcory. Nodalandmeshanalysis, Thevenin's, Nortons and super position theorems. Star delta transfonnations. Laplace transfonnation techniques for time domain solutions. Transferfunctions. Fourierseries. Dependentsources. Application of circuit analysis techniques. Magnets, magnetic circuit laws. B­H characteristics, hysteresis and Eddy current loss. Composite magnetic circuit analysis. Faraday' s Law, Lenz' s Law, principles of motors and generators. Runx Linkage and inductance, self­magnetising, mutual and leakage inductance of couples circuits. Voltage equations for mutually coupled coils and the air-cored transfonner. The practical iron-cored transformer, its equivalent circuit and phasor diagram. Transfonner testing. Polyphase transfonners and their connections. The per-unit system. Electromechanical transducers. Law of conservation of energy and its application to singly-excited and double excited systems.

71

Page 43: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION EIGlIT ELECTRICAL AND COl\.1PUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

ELEC310 POWER ENGINEERING lScp Introduction to electrical power generation systems and power utilisation by electrical machines. Fundamental concepts associated with rotating machines. Machineconstruction. Machine windings and their parameters. Detailed steady state analysis and perfonnance of d.c. machines and induction machines. Structure of electrical power systems; energy sources; the synchronous machine; transmission lines; surge phenomena. switchgear, watt and V ARflowcontrol; substations and control rooms; distribution systems; reliability. The subject comprises a series of lectures, tutorials and laboratory sessions.

Texts Electrical Machines - Course notes

Weedy,B.M. Electrical Power Systems (John Wiley)

ELEC320 ELECTRONICS 2 lScp

Integrated Electronics : Differential Amplifiers, Op. Amps, Applications of Op. Amps; Multistage Amplifiers; Feedback Amplifiers; Stability issues. Digitallogicfamilies: TTL, CMOS, NMOS, ECL; Sequential circuits; analog-to-digital interfacing. Power supplies, voltage regUlators, power devices - BJT's, MOSFETs,SCRsandTriacs (devices and protection). Converter topologies and analysis; Inverter topologies and analysis. The subject comprises a series of lectures, laboratories and tutorials.

Text

Horenstein, M.N. MicroelectronicCircuitsandDevices (Prentice-Hall 1990)

ELEC3S0 COMMUNICATIONS lOcp

Spectral Analysis; Random Signals and Noise; Fundamentalsof Analog Signal Processing; Amplitude modulation, frequency modulation, phase modulation, pulse modulation; Noise in communications systems; Analysis of commercial communication systems: AM and PM radio, colour television. Revision of M~ell's equations. Solutions to various media. reflection,' polarisation. Poyntings power flow theorem. Attenuation and sutfaceimpedance. Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide and strip line configurations. Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna theory. Teclmiques for obtaining the sutf ace current distribution on an arbitrary antenna by analytic and computational methods. Solutions of potential equations, nearandfarfield distributions. Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas, antenna arrays and secondary source antennas. Ground wave and ionospheric propagation. The subject comprises of a series of lectures, laboratories and tutorials.

Text

Stremler, P.G.

72

Introduction to Communications Systems 2nd edn (Addison Wesley 1982)

ELEC370 COMPUTER ENGINEERING 2 20cp

TIlis is an integrated subject on the hardware and software aspects of computer systems design, with particular emphasis on microprocessor systems. The broad areas covered are: advanced logic design and anintroduction to VLSI; computer architecture; multiprogramming and operating systems; and microprocessor interfacing and assembly language

Texis

Moylan, P.J. Assembly Language for Engineers (Ellis Horwood 1987)

Mano,M.M. Digital Design (Prentice-Hall 1984)

ELEC380 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING Scp

This subject is only available to Electrical or Computer Engineering students with the written permission of the Head of Department.

Private workoflaboratory ,literature search or theoretical nature requiring the preparation of a report taken under the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated.

ELEC410 ADVANCED POWER ENGINEERING lOcp

Power Systems, power flow analysis, economic dispatch; fault calculations; synchronous machine transients; protection; automatic generation control; power system stability; system expansion studies. Variable speed drives. Application of converters and choppers to d.c. machine drive systems; Petf onnance analysis of d.c. machines under transient conditions. Control systems for variable speed d.c. drives. Application of cycloconverterandinverters to a.c. machine drives. Performance analysis of a.c. machines under transient conditions. Control systems for variable speed a.c. drives. The lectures are supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.

Text

Bergen, A.R. Power SysternAnalysis (Prentice-Hall 1986)

ELEC420 ADVANCED ELECTRONICS lOcp

An advanced subject on electronics covering logic families and their properties, noise and interference in electronic circuits, analogue and digital intetfacing and detailed VLSI design.

ELEC440 ADVANCED CONTROL lOcp

This subject gives an advanced treatment of estimation and control theory with emphasis on techniques with industrial relevance. State space models, digital control, advanced transfonn techniques, controllability, observability, modem control system design, multivariable systems, digital filtering, advaptive control and digital implementation issues. The material will beillustrated by industrial case studies. The theory outlined above will be used to design controllers for practical examples. Simulation studies andlor laboratory examples will be conducted.

Text

Middleton, R.H. & Goodwin, G.C. Digital Estimation and COnJrol,A Unified Approach

SECTION EIGIIT ELECTRICAL AND COl\.1PUTER ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

ELEC441 CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN lOcp AND MANAGEMENT

Design issues in Control Systems. Integration of Control Systems with corporate and management policies. Emphasis will be given to the assessment of control opportunities in the industrial context, the evaluation of cost benefit trade-offs, and total quality control issues. Content will be illustrated by a number of design examples including: Telescope Control Systems, Superheater Temperature Control, Gauge Thickness Control in Rolling Mills and Flow Control in Continuous Chemical Processors.

ELEC4S0 ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS lOcp

TIris subject consists of lectures, laboratories and assignments, with the emphasis on implementation and realisation of relevant digital processes and covers three general areas.

Filtering: Classical ftlterdesign. Filter approximations. Passive and active analogue filter synthesis. Switched capacitor ftlters, matched filters. Finite and infinite impulse response digital systems.

Digital signal processing: Sampling, aliasing and quantisation. Fourier lransfonns. ReaJ.isationand frequency response of discrete­time systems. Window functions. Discrete and fast Fourier transforms. Image processing. Digital audio systems. Speech synthesis. Real-time digital signal processing.

Digital communications: Information theory and channel capacity. Baseband data transmission. Digital camer modulation. Linearand non-linearquantisation. Pulse code modulation. Error control coding. Satellite communications. Fibre optic transmission.

ELEC460 COMPUTER SOFlW ARE lOcp A subject consisting primarily of practical work on a large software development project.

ELEC470 COMPUTER SYSTEMS lOcp

A subject consisting of a series oflectures, tutorials and laboratory work covering the areas of advanced computer architecture and VLSI.

ELEC480 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 30cp PROJECT

Thefinal year project for Electrical Engineering students. Usually consisting of literature survey, and review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of an electrical engineering problem. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required. Students are required to present aseminarbasedon theirptoject work. A series of seminars is also given by invited guest speakers. Weekly attendance at seminars is compUlsory.

ELEC48S COMPUTER ENGINEERING 30cp PROJECT

Thermal year project for Computer Engineering students. Usually consisting of literature survey, and review, analytical and/or experimental investigation of a computer engineering problem. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required. Students are required to present aseminarbased on their project work. A series

of seminars is also given by invited guest speakers. Weekly attendance at seminars is compUlsory.

ELECS43 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES Scp

Nonlinear programming. Convex optimization theory. Optimal control.

TexI

Luenberger, D. Optimization by Vector Space Methods (Wiley 1969).

ELECS44 LINEAR SYSTEMS THEORY Scp

Advanced treatment of multivariable linear systems from frequency domain, matrix fraction, state-space and/or geometric viewpOints.

ELECS4S NONLINEAR SYSTEMS ANALYSIS Scp

Basic techniques innonlinear systems analysis: L yapunov stability theory, Gronwall Lemma. input~output methods, oscillations, singular pertubmions.

Text

Vidyasagar, M. Nonlinear System Analysis (Prentice-Hall 1978)

ELECS46 TOPICS IN SYSTEM DESIGN 1 Scp

A topic oriented to students concerned with advanced design rather than basic research.

ELECS47 TOPICS IN SYSTEM DESIGN 2 Scp

A topic oriented to students concerned with advanced design rather than basic research.

ELECSS2 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL Scp PROCESSING

Advanced techniques in recursive filter design: bandwidth, .ambiguity functions, t wo-dimensionalimaging, array processing.

ELECS71 COMPUTER AND ELECTRONICS Scp SEMINAR 1

ELECS72 COMPUTER AND ELECTRONICS Scp SEMINAR 2

ELECS73 COMPUTER AND ELECTRONICS Scp SEMINAR 3

Each subject consists of a series of seminars for research postgraduate students. Each student will prepare a seminar on research literature.

ELECS81 PROJECT 30cp Available to M.Eng.Sci students only.

ELECS82 PROJECT 40cp Available to M.Fng.Sci students only.

73

Page 44: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION EIGHT

ELECS91 ELECS92 ELECS93

SYSTEMS AND CONTROL SEM. I SYSTEMS AND CONTROL SEM. 2 SYSTEMS AND CONTROL SEM. 3

Scp Scp Scp

Each subject consists of a series of seminars for research postgraduate students. Each student will prepare a seminar on research literature.

ELEC641 ADAPTIVE CONTROL Scp

Terminology, gradient and least squares estimators. Certainty equivalence principle, control law synthesis, stability and convergence of adaptive controllers, industrial applications.

Text

Goodwin. G.c. & Sin. K.S. AdaptiveFiltering,PredictionandC01urol (Prentice-Hall 1984).

ELEC642 ESTIMATION AND SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION

Scp

Advanced parameter estimation and state estimation. Kalman Filters and their properties. Implementation issues.

Text

de Souza. C. & Goodwin, G.C. Estimation and System Identification

ELEC643 NONLINEAR CONTROL Scp

Emphasises modem theory for synthesis of controllers for nonlinear multivariable systems.

Text

Isidori, A. Nonlinear Control Systems: An Introduction (Springer­Verlag 1985)

ELEC64S ADVANCED TOPICS IN CONTROL Scp

Variable cOatent emphasising recent developments.

ELEC646 ADVANCED TOPICS IN SYSTEMS Scp TIIEORY I

Variable content emphasising recent developments.

ELEC647 ADVANCED TOPICS IN SYSTEMS Scp THEORY 2

Variable content emphasising recent developments.

ELEC661 COMPUTER NETWORKS Scp

Network architectures and topologies. Local network and examples. Distributed operating systems.

Text

Tanebaum, A.S. Computer Networks (Prentice-Hall 1981)

ELEC662 ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPUTERS

Variable content emphasizing recent developments.

74

Scp

INFORMA nON SCIENCE SUBJEcr DESCRIPTIONS

Information Science Snbjects INFOIOI INTRODUCTION TO

INFORMATION SYSTEMS IOcp

Computers have made it possible to store and retrieve massive amounts of data, the "infonnation age" is now a reality. This course introduces the skills and concepts needed to fully exploit the power of this new tool. After completion of the subject, students will understand how and why organisations build and use infonnation systems, will be able to document information flow through particular systems, and will be able to use the microcomputer as a personal support tool. The course provides a solid grounding in computers and their use, which today is important for all students, irrespective of the discipline which they are studying.

Topics covered include: The evolution of computer hardware and software. Systems and their characteristics, the components of an Information System (hardware, software, data and people). Examples of computer based Infonnation Systems. Problems whichcan/cannotbesolvedusingcomputers. Typesofinfonnation systems, fonnal/infonnal, public/private. Types of problems structured/unstructured. The computer as a personal support tool, word-processing, spreadsheets, data base management. The importance of people in the infonnation network, the social, organisational and personal implications of computer based infonnation systems.

INFOI02 INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

IOcp

The design and implementation of the data repository for any computer based infonnation system is a skilled and extremely critical task. Overall performance of the system will be seriously com promised by an inefficient datastorage and retrieval strategy.

This course introduces the tools needed to design, implement and maintain computer baseddatahase systems. It will be of particular interest for students who will need to design and/or access large databases regularly in their chosen profession.

Topics covered include: Storage and representation of data in computer systems. Data types, records, file structures and access mechanisms. Standard file maintenance procedures. Introduction to COBOL, a business/file oriented third generation language. Semanticdatamodelling,entity/relationshipmodelling,functional dependence and other constraints on attribute values. Introduction to database management systems, the hierarchical, network and relational models. Data manipulation languages, with particular emphasis on relational techniques using SQL. Physical database design, nonnalisation.

INF0202 ANALYSIS OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS

IOcp

Structured analysis and design methodology will be introduced. Specific topics include: Characteristics of a system. Information systems. The role of the system analyst. The system life cycle. Interviewtechniques. Report writing. Documentation techniques (data flow diagrams, data dictionary, flowcharts, etc.). Cosl benefit analysis. Implementation techniques.

SECTION ElGIn'

INF0203 INFORMATION SYSTEMS DESIGN IOcp

Using the techniques introduced inInfonnation Systems Analysis students will workin small groups to design and implement small on-linecomputerbasedinfonnationprocessingsystems. Specific topics include: file design techniques, fonn design, security controls and backup, system testing and implementation, the on­going maintenance of systems.

INF0204 COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMING IOcp

COBOL as a business data processing and file organisation language. Basic concepts offile handling and maintenance. Data Base Management Systems and Fourth Generation Tools.

LAW SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Law Subjects LAWIOI FOUNDATIONS OF LAW IOcp

This subject consists of a study of basic legal concepts, the divisions of law, and the institutions of the Australian legal system. It also enables students to acquire special skills for the examination of legal materials, such as an ability to analyse statements containedinjudgements and to interpret provisions of statutes. The foundation ofthe processes oflaw-making through judicial decisions, and primary and delegated "legislation are considered in detail.

Suggested Preliminary Reading

Nettheim, G. & Chisholm, R. Understanding Law 3rd Edn (ButteIWorths 1988)

Texts

Printed materials obtainable at University Bookshop.

The Constitution of the Commonwealth of Australia (Aust. Govt Publishing Service)

Krever, R. Mastering Law StudiesandLaw Exam Techniques 2nd cdn (Butterworth 1989)

Bird, R. Osborn's Concise Law Dictionary 8th edn (Sweet & Maxwell 1990)

Derham, D.P. et al

An Introduction to Law 5th edn (Law Book Co. 1986)

LAW291 LEGAL PROCESS Scp

The Australian constitution and legal system. Legal research and writing. Areas of law. Legal concepts and tenninology. Statute law. Case law.

LAW292 PROPERTY AND SURVEY LAW Scp

The notion of property. Classifications of property. Estates in land; interests in land; systems of title to land; dealing with land; statutory control ofland use with particular reference to the Local Government Act 1919 (N.S: W.). Theregulation andlegalliability of surveyors; survey investigations and searches.

Texts

Hallman, F.

Willis

Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South Wales (Inst. of Surveyors Aust. 1973)

Notes on Survey Investigations (NSW Government Printer)

AdditionallAw subjects are described in theF acultyofEconomics and Commerce Handbook.

75

Page 45: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGHf

Management SUbjects MNGT203 FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGEMENT llkp This subject provides students with an introduction to the theory and practice of modem management. Specific topics covered include: The Finn or Business as an Organisation. The Nature of Managerial Work. Managing People and Designing Jobs. ManagingTime.InformationManagementand DecisionMaking. Planning and ManagementofChange. Managing WorkFlow and Teclmology. Designing Organisation Structure. Total Quality Management. Management of Stress. Business and Managerial Excellence - a Review.

MNGT204 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING 10cp The course introduces basic concepts/frameworks in marketing. A strategic management perspective is developed. Topics include the marketing environment, market segmentation, new product development, promotional mix, pricing strategies and distribution management.

MNGT309 COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMING 10cp

COBOL as a business data processing and file organisation language. Basic concepts of file handling and maintenance. Sequential, relative and indexed sequential file organisation. Structured techniques, as applied to COBOL programming, are emphasised. Structure diagrams, pseudo-code, programming standards, etc. Students are expected to complete assignments using both COBOL 74 and COBOL 85.

MNGTS03 COMPUTING AND INFORMATION 10cp SYSTEMS

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of infonnation systems in todays business environment. The course will introduce personal support software available on microcomputers and their applications to management decision making.

During compul~ry workshop sessions students will gain "hands on" experience llsing software packages such as electronic spreadsheets, database management systems, and word processing.

MNGTSll MANAGEMElI,'T INFORMATION 10cp SYSTEMS

This course is designed to expose potential managers to the variety of management inf onnation systems available today. The aim is to emphasise the role of the computer in the planning function, rather than simply in the day-to-day transaction based operational systems. Specific topics covered will include: data base management systems, distributed versus centralised processing, the role of the microcomputer, decision support systems, expert systems, security and privacy implications.

76

MANAGEMENT SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

MNGTS12 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS Hkp

Structured analysis and design methodology will be introduced. Specific topics include: characteristics of a system, infonnation systems, the role of the systems analyst, the system life cycle, interview techniques, report writing, documentation techniques (data flow diagrams, data dictionary, flowcharts, etc.), cost! benefit analysis, implementation techniques.

MNGTS13 SYSTEMS DESIGN llkp

UsingthetechniquesintroducedinMNGT512SystemsAnalysis students will work in small groups to design and implement small on -line computer based information processing systems. Specific topics include: file design techniques, fonn design, security controls and backup, system testing and implementation, the on­going maintenance of systems.

Additional Management subjectsare described in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook.

SECTION EIGHf

Mathematics Subjects MATHI02 MATHEMATICSI02 llkp

Calculus of functions of a single variable. The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Taylor's series. Complex numbers. Differential equations. Anintrodudion to the calculus offunctions of two variables. Matrix algebra. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further information.

Texts Mathematics 102 TutorialNotes (University of Newcastle 1991)

Walters, R.F.C. & WehIhalm, K. Calculus I 2nd edn (Carslaw Publications, 1989)

MATHI03 MATHEMATICSI03 llkp

Binomial Theorem. Numerical mathematics and computing. Vector geometry and linear algebra: vector spaces,linear maps. Analysis of the convergence of sequences and series. Power Series. Elementary Theorems of Mathematical Analysis.

An introduction to statistics: exploratory data analysis, uncertainty and random variation, probability, use of MINIT AB.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbookfor further information.

Text Mathematics 1 03 Tutorial Notes (University of Newcastle 1991)

MATHl11 MATHEMATICS 111 llkp (Mathematics for Engineers)

Elementary algebra, trigonometry, and geometry with applications. Calculus with applications of differentiation and integration. Newton's method. Trapezium and Simpson's Rules. Vector geometry and its applications.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further information.

Text Tutorial Notes for Mathematics 111 (University of Newcastle 1991)

MATH112 MATHEMATICS 112 10cp (Mathematics for Engineers)

Techniques of integration with applications. Differential equations and applications. Calculus of several variables together with applications. Taylor Series expansions. Complex numbers and their applications. Matrix algebra. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbookfor further infom14tion.

Text Tutorial Notes for Mathematics 112 (University of Newcastle 1991)

MA TIIEMA TICS SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

MATH201 MUL TIVARIABLE CALCULUS Scp

Partial derivatives, Vector operators, Taylor's Theorem, Line integrals, Multiple and surface integrals, Gauss, Green, Stokes' Theorems.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further information.

Text Mathematics II Tutorial Notes (University of Newcastle 1991)

MATH202 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL Scp EQUATIONS

Orthogonality, Stunn-Liouville systems and generalisations, Series of Orthogonal functions, Fourier Series, Separation of variables, The classical partial differential equations (heat! diffusion, wave, Laplace, Poisson).

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further information.

MATH 203 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL Scp EQUATIONS

Linear differential equations with constant coefficients, linear differential equations - general case, Series solutions - special functions, Laplace transfonns, Applications.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further infonnaJion.

MATH206 COMPLEX ANALYSIS 1 Scp

Complex numbers, Cartesian and polar fonus, geometry of the complex plane, solutions of polynomial equations. Complex functions, mapping theory ,limits and continuity. Differentiation, the CaUChy-Riemann Theorem. Elementary functions, exponential,logarithmic,trigonometricandhyperbolicfunctions. Integration, the Cauchy-Goursat Theorem. Cauchy's integral formulae. Liouville's Theorem and the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further information.

MATH212 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS Scp

An introduction to various aspects of discrete mathematics of current interest: Graphs, trees, relations, elements of set theory and logic; induction, counting, and recurrence equations; basic combinatorics.

See Faculty 0/ Science and Mathematics Handbook for further information.

Text

Ross. K.A. & Wright. C.R.B. Discrete Mathematics 2nd edn (Prentice Hall, 1988)

77

Page 46: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGHT

MATH21S OPERATIONS RESEARCH Scp

Operations research involves the application of quantitative methods and tools to the analysis of problems involving the operation of systems and its aim is to evaluate the consequences of certain decision choices and to improve the effectiveness of the system as a whole. TItis subject will cover a number of areas of operations research which have proved successful in business, economics and defence. These include such topics as network and transportation problems, project management, stock control and replacement theory.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further information.

Text Lecture Notes; Optimisation (University of Newcastle 1990)

MATH 216 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS Scp

Sources of error in computation. Solution of a single nonlinear equation. Interpolationand the Lagrangeinterpolating polynomial. Finite differences and applications to interpolation. Numerical differentiation and integration including the trapezoidal rule, Simpson's rule and Gaussian integration fonnulae. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations - Runge-Kutta and predictor-corrector methods. Numerical solution of linear systems of algebraic equations. Applications of numerical methods to applied mathematics, engineering and the sciences will be made throughout the course.

See Faculty 0/ Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further information.

Text

Burden, RL. & Faires, J.D. Numerical Analysis 3rd edn (Prindle, Weber & Schmidt, 1985)

MATH217 LINEAR ALGEBRA 1 Scp

Matrix representations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Diagonalization. lrulerproduct spaces. Difference and differential equations.

See Faculty 0/ Science and Mathematics Handbook/or further information.

MATH 218 LINEAR ALGEBRA 2 Scp

Vector spaces and subs paces, Linear Maps, Matrix representations.Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Diagonalisation, Difference equations. Inner product spaces, Gram-Schmidt process. Orthogonal, unitary. hennitian and normal matrices.

See Faculty of Science and Mathemaljcs Handbook for further information.

AdditionalMathematics subjects are described in the Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook.

78

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Mechanical Engineering Subjects MECH101 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING Scp

A course of lectures, seminars and plant visits intended to enhance an understanding of the role of the professional engineer in industry and society.

MECH102 PROGRAMMING Scp

An introduction to the use of computers and computer programming in Engineering. The programming language is FORTRAN 77 under a Unix operating system. Emphasis is placed on the development of a good programming style and on the logical development of a program. Lectures will cover variable types and their uses, me and data handling, functions, subroutines, arrays, the computer operating system and text editors. Assessment is based partly on programs written by students.

Text

Koffman. E. B. and Friedman. F. L Problem Solving and Structured Programming in FORTRAN 77, 4thedn. (Addison Wesley 1987)

MECHl03 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Scp

A introduction to the fundamentals of chemistry which are exemplified by engineering applications. Basics: quantities and units, atoms and molecules, the Periodic Table. states of matter. Thennochemistry: FirstandSecondLaws,enthalpiesofreaction, principle of additivity. Kinetics and Reaction Mechanisms: rate expressions, rate controlling steps, Arrhenius equation. Aqueous solutions: solutes, solubility of solids, liquids and gases, ionic equilibrium, acids and bases, pH, ionic conductivity, osmosis. electrodialysis. Organic Chemistry : aliphatic and aromatic compounds and polymerization. Electrochemistry : electro­chemical reactions, electrode potentials, electrode kinetics, cells. Photochemistry and Environmental Chemistry. Engineering Applications include stoichiometry, calorifc value, adiabatic flame temperature, refrigerants, carburizing of steel, plasma nitriding, CVD coatings, high temperature oxidation, combustion and explosions. catalysis in vehicle exhaust emissions, hydration of cement, water hardness, water pollution, desalination, water purification, antifreeze, coal, oil, petroleum products, lubricants, detergents, polymers, batteries, fuel cells, gas sensors, metallic corrosion, passivation, electroplating, corrosion protection methods, paints. smog, acid rain, environmental degradation of polymers.

Text

Steedman W, Snadden, RB. et al Chemistry for the Engineering and Applied Sciences (pergamon 1980)

MECHll1 ENGINEERING DRAWING Scp

A study in communication methods and visualisation by pictorial means. Review of drafting types. Methods of projection including orthographic, axonometric and perspective in both structured and freehand modes. Sectioning, dimensioning and use of standards and symbolism in engineering pictorial communication. Developments. true shapes and intersection of entities.

SECTION EIGIIT

Texts Technical Drawingfor Students - SAA HBi-1988 (Standards Association of Australia)

Duff,J.M. Concepts of Technical Graphics (pWS-Kent 1990)

MECH121 MATERIALS 1 Scp

The course provides a general introduction to materials of engineering significance and to the relationShips which exist between structures, properties and applications. The detailed treatment of various aspects is left to the latter stages of the degree program. The following sections are given approximately equal amounts of time and emphasis. Atomic bonding; atomic arrangements in metals, glasses and polymers; the effects of stress and temperature on simple metals; the control of metallic structures by composition and thennal treatments; common metals of engineering importance; the structures and properties of ceramics and cement products. Polymers and rubbers; engineering applications for polymers; the mechanical testing of materials; composite material; the electrical, magnetic. optical and thennal properties of solid materials.

Text

Murch, G.E. and Browne, J.D. Lecture notes for Materials 1 (Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Newcastle)

MECH191 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE MECHl92 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE MECH193 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

Scp Scp Scp

These subjects are designed to fonnalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each year of Industrial Experience is worth tluee credit points. Students who wish to study any or all of the In dust rial Experience subjects will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods which will deal with working and professional environments. essentials of communication andreport writing. In addition, each student will be required to present aseminarrelating to aspects of his experience and to report to his industrial experience tutor twice per tenn. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. A weekly diary commencing on 1 November of the previous year must be kept and handed to the Class Supervisor at the beginning of the first semester.

MECH204 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS 1 Scp

A series of laboratory experiments designed to give the student familiarity with mechanical, optical and electrical systems used to measure basic physical quantities such as length, strain, pressure, temperature. force. torque and fluid flow. Problems of correct interpretation of experimental dataand basic principles of error analysis are discussed. Proficiency in technical report writing is emphasized.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

MECH20S ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS Scp

This course is concerned with developing a student's ability to write computer programs that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in the engineering field. Some discussion of the theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given but the main emphasis is on computing. The programming work of MECHI02 is extended to include some advanced FORTRAN programming techniques. the use of graph-plotting routines and the use of computer libraries such as the NAG library. Emphasis is placed on curve fitting to well-ordered data and to experimental data and the differentiation and integration of such data. Systems of equations. both linear and non-linear are considered. Other material covered includes solution of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations.

Text

Gerald, c.F. & Wheatley, P.O. Applied Numerical Analysis 3rd edn (Addison-Wesley 1984)

Handbookfor V AXNMS (The University of Newcastle Computing Centre)

MECH213 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING lScp DESIGN 1

Philosophy and fundamentals of mechanical engineering design. Conceptual design problems. Basic components of mechanisms and machinery. Load and stress calculations, allowable stresses and factors of safety. Design of shafts and couplings and bearing selection for mechanical power transmission. Design of bolted joints, welded connections, brackets, levers and helical springs.

Text

Shigley, J.E. Mechanical Engineering Design, 1st Metric edn ( McGraw-llill1986 )

MECH222 MATERIALS 2 Scp

The mechanical behaviour and properties of engineering materials and how they are affected by the environment and by use. An introduction to the factors governing the selection of materials.

The topics treated will include eqUilibrium and non-equilibrium effects, i.e. martensitic transformations, heat treatments, TIT diagrams and welding. Creep, fracture and fatigue. Friction and wear.

Text

Ashby, M.F. and Jones, D.R.H. Engineering Materials I (Pergamon 1980)

MECH232 DYNAMICS lOcp

Basic concepts. Newton's and Euler's laws of motion for particles and systems of particles, centre of mass. Laws of gravitation and friction. Straight-line and plane motion of particles: kinematics and kinetics. Energy and momentum principles. Relative motion in translating reference frames. Plane motion of rigid bodies: kinematics, equations, of motion, energy and momentum and principles.

79

Page 47: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION ElGIn'

Three·dimensiooal motioo of particles in inertial, translating and rotating reference frames. Kinematics of plane mechanisms. Kinetics of systems of particles and rigid bodies in three-dimensional motion. Undamped and damped simple hannonic motion. Forced oscillatioos in simple 1st and 2nd order dynamic systems.

Text

Gill, D.J. and King, WW. Mechanics: An Introduction to Dynamics 2nd eeln (PWS­Kent 1989)

MECH241 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS I Scp

Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relatiooships; internal forces, internalstresses, deflexion of beams, torsion, buckling.

Text

Beer, F.P. & Jotmston, E.R. Mechanics 0/ Materials (McGraw-Hill 1981)

MECH251 FLUID MECHANICS I Scp fluid properties and definitions. fluid statics: -forces on surfaces, buoyant forces. Types of flow, continuity equation, Euler and Bermoulli equations, energy equation, linear and angular momentum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Analysis of fluid machinery.

Text

Fox, R. W. and McDonald, A T. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics 3rd eOO (Wiley 1985)

MECH271 THERMODYNAMICS I Scp Fundamentalthermodynamicconcepts,flrstandsecondlawsand corollaries. Reversible and irreversible processes. Properties of perfect gases, liquids and vapours. Calculations of property changes and energy flows fornon-flow, steady flow and unsteady flow processes using various working substances. Examination of various energy conversion systems as examples of the above calculations ". ~Camot cycles, Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative feed heating. Otto cycle, Diesel and mixed cycles, Stirling and Ericsson cycles, gas turbine cycles, refrigeration cycles.

Text

Black, W.Z. & Hartley, J.G. Thernwdynamics (Harper and Row 1985)

MECH304 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS 2 IOcp

Selected engineering laboratory experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.

MECH30S ADVANCED NUMERICAL Scp PROGRAMMING

Complex algebra. multiple entry and return points for segments, use of discand magnetic tape files, use of library subroutines, etc.

Some advanced computing techniques. Forexample: Solution of end value differential equations; Finite element techniques; Advanced finite difference techniques; Eigenvalue problems.

80

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

MECH309 INTRODUCTION TO NOISE Scp POLLUTION CONTROL

Introduction to problems of community noise, industrial noise and building acoustics. Behaviour of sound waves. Noise levels. Noisemeasurement. Crlteriaforcommunity, building and vehiCle noise standards.

MECH314 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING IScp DESIGN 2

Design of friction drives, clutches and brakes. Hydrodynamic drives, torque converters and epicyclic gear trains. Lubrication and journal bearings. Types of mechanical springs. Gear design and selection according to Australian Standard.

Texts

Shigley, J.E. Mechanical Engineering Design lst Metric edn (McGraw-Hill 1986)

Burr, A. H. Mechanical Analysis and Design (Elsevier 1983)

MECH31S COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN Scp TheCAD/CAEgeometricenvironment. 2-Dimensional drawing, solids modelling, surface modelling and macro programming. Construction of basic geometric entities; points, lines, circles, arcs, profiles, surfaces and solid primitives. ManipUlation of views, widows and levels. Preparation of objects, templates and patterns. Editing. CSG using Boolean operations on solid primitives. Sectioning. Assemblies. Pictorial presentations. Preparation of part macros. Interface to analysis packages.

MECH316 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Scp IN DESIGN

Basic concepts offinite element techniques. Introduction to finite element computer packages and their use as tools in mechanic:... engineering design. Application to problems of stress analysis of complex shapes, thermal stresses and vibrations.

Text

Cook, R.D., Malko" D.S. et al Concepts andApp lications ofP inite ElelMnt Ana lysis 3rd edn (John Wiley & Sons 1988)

MECH317 BULK MATERIALS HANDLING Scp SYSTEMS I

Principles of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow properties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Gravity reclaim stockpiles. Analysis and design of hoppers for 'mass·flow', 'funnel·flow' and 'expandedflow' conditions. Bin wallpressures. Flowrateanalysis. Feeder loads.

Text

Arnold, P.C., McLean, A.G. et al Bulk Solids: Storage, flow and Handling (fUNRA) 2nd edn, 1982, ISBN 01259 0 3031

Selected research papers

SECfION EIGHT

MECH318 CONVEYING OF BULK SOLIDS Scp

Comparison based on economic and technical considerations of different modes of continuous and discontinuous transportation of bulk solids. Overview of freight pipelines· pneumatic, hydraulic and capsule· and mechanical conveying· belt, screw and bucket elevators. Technical and economic considerations in the design of conveyors. Examples will be selected from the continuous conveyor systems mentioned above. In the case of belt conveyors the dynamic characteristics and the influence of these characteristics on design will be studiedin some detail. In the case of pneumatic conveyors, the design of both lean and dense phase systems will be discussed.

TexIs

Arnold, P.C., McLean, A.G. et al Bulk Solids: Storage, Flow and Handling 2nd edn (TUNRA 1982) ISBN 0 7259 0 3031

Roberts, A.W. & Hayes, J.W. Economic Analysis in the Optimum Design o/Conveyors (TUNRA 1981) ISBN 0 1259 0340 6

Selected research papers

MECH323 MATERIALS 3 Scp

This subject deals with metals, polymers, ceramics, composites and biological materials in conjunction with the following topics; review of traditional strength tests; fundamentals of fracture mechanics,rate,environmentandtemperatureeffectontougtmess, toughening mechanisms; fatigue crack propagation; scaling in static fracture and fatigue fracture; classification of materials according to mechanical properties.

Texts

Atkins A.G. & Mai Y.W. Elastic and Plastic Fracture (Ellis Horwood 1988)

Felbeck P.K. & Atkins A.G. Sir ength and Fracture o/Engineering Solids (Prentice Hall 1984)

MECH324 CERAMIC SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Scp

Discussion of the engineering properties of ceramics and how these properties are dependent on atomic structure, chemical composition, microstructure and processing. Structures of oxides, silicates and glasses. Point defects, non·stoichiometry and doping. Grain boundaries. Phase transformations and solid state reactions. Firing· grain growth, sintering and vitrification. Microstructures. mechanical, magnetic, dielectric properties, semiconduction and ionic conduction.

Text

W.D. Kingery, H.K. Bowen et al Introduction to Ceramics 2nd Edn (Wiley 1976)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

MECH32S POLYMER SCIENCE AND Scp TECHNOLOGY

Study of the engineering properties of polymers and how these properties are dependent on structure and processing. Polymer structure and synthesis. Thennal,electrlcal, solubility and optical properties of polymers. Additives. Visco-elasticity. Elastomers. Fibres. Coatings. An introduction to polymer processing and fabrication. Testing. Applications.

MECH326 FABRICATIONOFMETALS Scp

An introduction to the common metal working techniques and the effects these processes have on the properties of the flnished product. Topics presented will be taken from: Rolling, Forging, Deep Drawing, Wire and Tube Drawing, Casting, Extrusion and Powder Metallurgy.

Text

Harris, J.N. Mechanical Working o/Metals (pergamon, 1983)

Dieter, G.E. Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw Hill)

MECH333 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES Scp

Kinematics and dynamics of radial cams and toothed gearing. Balancing of machinery. Vibrations· Review of one degree-of­freedom systems. Multi degree·of -freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous systems.

Texts

Mabie, RH. & Reinholtz, C.F. Mechanisms and Dynamics 0/ Machinery SI version 4th edn (Wiley 1987)

Rae, S.S. Mechanical Vibrations (Addison-Wesley 1986)

MECH342 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 2 Scp

Theories of stress, strain and elasticity. Formulation of problems in elasticity. Statically indetenninate beam problems. Shear centre. Torsion of prismatic bars - membrane analogy, torsion of thin· walled sections. Strain energy methods of analysis. Plane stress and plane strain problems. Unsymmetric bending, curved beams, thick cylinders, instability problems.

MECH3S2 FLUID MECHANICS 2 IOcp

Kinematics of fluids. Dynamics of incompressible fluids. Similarity and the application of dimensional analysis. Exact solutions of the Navier-Stokes equations. Hydrodynamic lubrication. Laminar and tUIbulent flows. The course includes a number of laboratory eXperiments dealing with the above topics.

Texts

Fox, R.W. & McDonald, AT. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics 3rd edn CVViley 1985)

Antonia. R.A NOles/or FluidMechanics II (Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Newcastle)

81

Page 48: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SEcrION EIGHT

MECH361 AUTOMATIC CONTROL llkp An introductory course in linear control systems. Review of Fourier series. Fourier integrals and Laplace tnmsforms. Basic strategies in the control of dynamic systems. Mathematical models of dynamic systems and their components; differential equations and transfer functions. Frequency response of linear constant·parametersystems. Detailed analysis offirst and second order systems. Steady-state performance of feedback systems. Stability. Transient response by root·locus methods. Nyquist stability criterion. Frequency response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques. Tuning of industrial controllers. Cascadecontrol; systems with time delay. Introduction to discrete time system models. Sampled systems. Digital control.

Text

Don, R.C. Modern Control Systems 5th edn (Addison-Wesley 1989)

or

Stephanopoulos. G. Chemical Process Control (Prentice-Hall Int.Ed. 1984)

MECH372 HEAT TRANSFER 1

Conduction; steady and unsteady, one and two dimensional. with and without internal heat generation and including convection boundaries. Numerical solutions. Convection: laminar and turbulent. Analytical and empirical solutions. Analogy between momentum and heat transfer. Radiation: development of radiation networks. Exchange between transmitting, reflecting and absorbing surfaces. Heat exchangers. Combined modes. The course includes a few laboratory experiments dealing with some of the above topics.

Texl

White,F.M. Heat Transfer (Addison-Wesley 1984)

MECH373 THERMODYNAMICS 2 , First and s~nd law analysis of processes and cycles. Advanced analysis of steam power plants. gas turbine systems and refrigeration plants. Air·vapour mixtures, psychometry, air­conditioning systems. Reactive mixtures: equilibrium equations, first law analysis, equilibrium constants. Direct energy conversion systems.

Text As for MECH271

MECH381 METHODS ENGINEERING

The integration of man. machines and materi.als to achieve maximum efficiency of operation. The critical questioning attitude. Charting methods. Work study. Ergonomics. Activity sampling. Case studies.

Texl

Stevenson, M.G. Methods Engineering (UNSW Press)

82

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

MECH382 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION Scp

The nature and function of an industrial enterprise. Theories of organisation. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management. Management game. Case studies.

MECH383 QUALITY ENGINEERING Scp

Concepts of quality. Sampling plans. Inspection by attributes, by measurement. Operating characteristic curves, control charts. Design of experiments. Analysis of variance.

MECH384 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 1 Scp

Elementary accounting concepts. Time value of money, interest formulae. Comparison of alternatives, annual and present equivalent, rate of return. Depreciation and income tax effects. Projects financed from publicfunds. Replacement and retirement economics. Capital budgeting.

MECH386 COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING

Introduction toComputer Aided Manufacturing Concepts. Control systems for NC Machines; Programming of NC Machines. Robotic Systems. Group Technology concepts. Concepts in Integrated Manufacturing.

Text

Yoram. K. Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems (McGraw­Hill 1983)

MECH387 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 1 Scp

Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Fonnulation of Models; Linear Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of Games, Parametric Programming; Decomposition principle. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. Geometric programming. Applications.

Texts

Hillier, F.S. & Liebennan, G.J. Introduction to Operations Research (Holden-Day)

Taha.H.A. Operations Research (Macmillan)

or

Wagner, H.M. Principles ojOperations Research (Prentice-Hall)

MECH388 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2

Statistica1decisiontheory; Forecastingmethods,movingaverage exponentiall y smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed order quantity; fixed order cycle systems; Production - inventory systems. Queuing theory; simple queue, multi-setver queues. Queues in series. Transients in queues; simulation of systems. Applications.

Text

As for MECH387

SECTION EIGHT

MECH40S COMPUTATIONOFTURBVLENT Scp FLOWS

Integral methods for solving engineering turbulent flow problems. Introduction to turbulence modelling ideas. Use of existing software packages such as PHOENICS to solve engineering

problems.

MECH407 ENVmONMENTAL ENGINEERING Scp

Physical and chemical interaction of air pollutants on the local and global scale. Meteorology, atmospheric diffusion models and ambient measurements of air pollutants and the control of exhausts from mobile and stationary sources.

MECH409 VmRATION AND NOISE PROBLEMS Scp

Principles and economics. Vibration based machine monitoring. Fault detection sensors. Vibration monitoring instrumentation. Data analysis theory. Discrete frequency analysis. Advanced vibration analysis. Comparison of monitoring techniques. Expert

systems.

MECH412 BULK MATERIALS HANDLING Scp SYSTEMS 2

Further topics in bulk solids handling. Wall pressure analysis for mass-flow and funnel-flow. Influence of eccentric loading due to eccentric discharge and other factors. Wall roughness, friction and wear. Feederdesign. Flow promotion. Blending. Flow offine powders. Transfer chutes. Vibration of bulk solids.

MECH41S MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 10cp DESIGN 3

Advanced design topics including the analysis of complete systems, principles of materials selection, the interaction of design geometry. material properties and fabrication processes in mechanical design. Selected projects including the development of computer packages as an aid to component selection, data bases and knowledge bases in systematic approaches to materials

selection.

MECH419 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING Scp

Maintenance decision making; the action (replacement. repair, adjustment), timing the action (flxed time. conditional monitoring, operation to failure, designed out maintenance). Preventive Maintenance schedule - a six step approach. Equipment life cycle costs and maintenance. Documentation - (manual, computer). Reliability. Staff Motivation. Case studies and examples from local industry.

MECH421 COMPOSITES IN ENGINEERING Scp

Strengthening principles of co mposites and fibre reinforcements. Engineeringpropertiesandfonnsavailableofconstituentmaterials (fibres and matrix material). Strength. fracture, fatigue and design. Introduction to manufacturing processes.

Texts

Chawla, K.K. Composite Materials Science and Engineering (Springer - Verlag 1987)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Harris. B. Engineering Composite Materials (TheInstitute of Metals

1986)

MECH431 ROBOTICS

Basic concepts, classification ofrobatic systems, control systems, kinematic analysis and co-ordinate transformations. trajectory interpolators, programming, applications, sensors and intelligent robots, computer integrated manufacturing systems.

Text

Koren, Y. Robotics/or Engineers (McGraw Hill 1987)

MECH4S3 INTRODUCTION TO TURBULENCE Scp

The physics of turbulence. Statistics of turbulence. Turbulent transport of momentum and heat. Examples of turbulent flows including atmospheric and oceanic turbulence. Measurement

techniques.

Text

Bradshaw,.P. An Introduction to Turbulence and its Measurement (pergamon Press 1971)

MECH473 THERMODYNAMICS 3 Scp

Thermodynamic relations; the Maxwell relations; general equations for enthalpy, internal energy and entropy; compressibility factor, equations of state; generalised charts for enthalpy and entropy. Availability concepts and applications. Thennodynamics of irreversible processes. Applications of statistical thermodynamics. Direct energy conversion.

Text

Holman, J.P. Tlwrmodynamics (McGraw.HillI969)

MECH474 HEAT TRANSFER 2 Scp

Development of the general fonns of the continuity, momentum and energy equations. Application of these equations to a range of convection heat transfer problems. Advanced conduction and radiation heat transfer. Heat transfer with change of phase.

Text

Karlekar. B.V. & Desmond, R.M. Engineering Heat Transfer (West Publishing Company

1977)

MECH484 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 2 Scp

Accounting concepts. use of accounting datain decision making. Utility, risk and uncertainty. Capital expenditure programming. Effects of inflation. Application of mathematical programming

to capital budgeting problems.

83

Page 49: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION EIGHT

MECH485 PRODUCTION SCHEDULING 5cp

Production Systems. Scheduling techniques for automated production facilities: scheduling theory for simple production systems. Flowshops.jobshops. Project plaming and management: CPM and PERT. Production planning and control: MRP and MRPII.

MECH496 PROJECT/SEMINAR 25cp

Major undergraduate project usually consisting of literature survey and review. analytical and/or experimental investigation into a mechanical orindustrial engineering topic. Presentation of two seminars. Briefing sessions and weekly guest seminars are mandatory. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.

MECH497 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING 5cp

Private work of laboratory ,literature search or theoretical nature requiring preparation of areport. Work will be undertaken at the direction of asu pervisorwith whom the topic should benegotiated. The workundertakenin this subject may fonn part of anextended MECH496 project or an independent topic.

MECH498 PROJECT/DIRECTED READING lOcp

Private work of laboratory ,literature search or theoretical nature requiring preparation of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisorwith whom the topic should be negotiated. The work undertaken in this subject may form part of an extended ME496 Project or an independent topic.

MECH596 PROJECT 30cp A major project for MEngSc students. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.

MECH597 PROJECT 35cp

A major projec~ for MEngSc students. Work will be undertaken at the di:r:ection of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.

MECH598 PROJECT 40cp A major project for MEngSc students. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.

84

PHILOSOPHY SUBJEcr DESCRIPTIONS

Philosophy Subjects PHILlOl INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 20cp

FirstSemester: BookIofHobbes' classicLeviathan will beread' it will be explained and expounded in detail to bring out th; Hobbesian world view systematically, the world view ofliberalism that underlies western democracies (1 hour per week). A segment on knowledge and reality examines some questions about belief and knowledge, the mindlbody relationship, and the existence of God (1 hour per week). A segment on critical reasoning aims to develop skills in analysing, evaluating and advancing arguments, considerable emphasis being placed on arguments as they naturally occur, and on reasoning as an everyday practice (1 hour per week).

Second Semester: Some of Plat 0' s dialogues will be read, and the ethical, political and metaphysical questions raised by them will be systematically expounded (1 hour per week). A segment on morality discusses the nature of justice and some views on free will and on the basis of morality (1 hour per week). A segment on the historical development of scientific explanation and an introduction to the theory of scientific method (1 hours perweek).

Preliminary Reading

Nagel, T. What Does It All Mean? (Oxford V.P.)

Texts

Clendinnen, FJ.

Perspectives of Scientific Explanation

Hobbes, T. Leviathan (penguin)

Hospers, J.

An Introduction to PIu'losoph':cal Analysis (Routledge)

Plato The Last Days of Socrates (penguin)

Sparkes, A.W. Argument Diagrams and Logical Relations (podargus)

Sparkes, A.W. Talking Philosophy (Routledge)

PHIL242 BASIC SYMBOLIC LOGIC 5cp

A basic introduction to sentential and predicate calculi, including notations~ interpretation, satisfiability, validity and proof construction. Part of the course will deal with the reduction of logical formulae into clausal fonn to enable their expression in PROLOG.

Text

Newton-Smith, W.H. Logic: An Introductory Course (Routledge)

SEcrION EIGHT

PHIL391 TECHNOLOGY AND HUMAN VALUES 1

lOcp

A course of lectures and discussions focussing on the economic, political, social and ethical issues that arise in technological design decisions. The course is presented in two parallel strands. Strand A is based on an examination of energy policy. This example of design analysis and decision making is used to develop an awareness of (i) systems design and how non­technical factors enter design decisions and (ii) a systematic approach to public policy making. Strand B complements Strand A by introducing arange of additional topics concerned with the philosophy. nature and social assessment and regulation of technology.

Texts (Strand A)

Commoner, B. The Poverty of Power (Bantam 1977)

Diesdendorf, M.(ed) Energy and People (Soc. Soc. Resp. Sci)

Hooker, C.A. et al Energy and the Quality of Life (University ofT oronto Press 1981)

Saddler, H. Energy in Australia (Geo. Allen and Unwin 1981)

Texts (Strand B)

Brown,L.R The Twenty Ninth Day (W.W. Norton 1978)

Schumacher, E.F. Small is Beautiful (Abacus 1974)

Teich. A.H. (ed.) Technology and Man's Future (St Martin's Press 1977)

PHIL392 TECHNOLOGY AND HUMAN lOcp VALUES 2

A team project on the role of technical and value factors in technological decision making. Students will form small teams under staff leadership for a year-long intensive study of a specific example of technological decision making. The aim is to provide a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the interaction between technical and value factors in the decision. Each team will produce areport of aquality aimed at management/ministerial discussion. Evaluation will be by the Team Report plus staff leader's/team's assessment of individual contributions. Example projects are Nuclear Electric Power for Australia, A Study of Technology Assessment A wider variety of projects can be undertaken, selection by teams will occur during the first two weeks of semester.

Additional Philosophy subjects are described in the Faculty of Arts Handbook.

PHYSICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Physics Subjects PHYS101 PHYSICS 101 lOcp

This is an introductory course in physics concentrating primarily on the core topics of the HSC physics syllabus.The lecture course, each of 13 lectures consists of three main strands: mechanics; electromagnetism; waves, optics and thennal physics. The subject includes 3 hrs/week of laboratory and tutorial work.

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further injormalion.

Texts

Serway & Faughn Col/ege Physics 2nd Int1 edn, ISBN 0.03·022952·9 (Saunders College 1989)

PHYS102 PHYSICS 102 lOcp

The lecture course consists of three principal strands, each of 13 lectures, being: mechanics; electromagnetism; thermal, nuclear and quantum physics. The subject is a rigorous one, utilising calculus, and stressing the unifying principles in the development of the physical concepts The syllabus provides for discussion of modem applications. The subject also includes 3 hours per week associated with laboratory and tutorial work

See Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook for further information.

PHYS103 PHYSICS 103 lOcp

The lecture course consists of three principal strands each of 13 lectures: advanced mechanics and electromagnetism; waves and optics; thennal, atomic, and quantum physics. The strands will be matched to the preceding strands of PHYS102, continuing with the rigorous development of basic physics. The subject also includes 3 hours per week associated with laboratory and tutorial work.

See Faculty o/Science and Mathematics Handbookfor further injormaJion.

PHYS201 QUANTUM MECHANICS AND 10cp ELECTROMAGNETISM

Basic principles of modem quantum mechanics,and electro· magnetic theory. Laboratory, computational and tutorial work in these areas.

Additional Physics subjects are described in the Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook.

85

Page 50: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION EIGHf

Psychology Subjects PSYCIOI PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTION 1 lOcp

Introductory Methodology and Statistics for Psychology. Biological Foundations. Perception and Learning.

Texts

Myers Psychology 1st or 2nd edn (Worth),

Krebs & Blackman

Psychology, a First Encounter (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich)

Howell, D.C.

Fundamental StatisticsJor the BehaviouralSciences 1 stor 2nd edn (Duxbury),

PSYCI02 PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTION 2 lOcp

Cognition. Social Psychology. Developmental Psychology.

Texis

As for PSYC101 plus:

Callan, Gallois & Noller

Social Psychology (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Sydney)

Additional Psychology subjects are described in the Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook.

Statistics Subjects STATI03 QUEUES AND SIMULATION 5cp Queues. Random number generation. Simulation, including the use of SIMSCRIPT.

STA TlOS ENGINEERING STATISTICS 5cp Basic probability theory and principles of statistical inference. Distribution's .... Error propagation. Quality control.

Additional Statistics subjects are described in the Faculty oj Science and Mathematics Handbook.

86

PSYCHOLOGY AND SURVEYING SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Surveying Subjects SURVlIl SURVEYING 1 lOcp

Elementary surveying principles. Nature, causes and classes of errors; elementary error propagation. linear measurement with tapes. Ordinary differential levelling. Theodolite; angle measurement; magnetic compass. Field notes, traversing and traverse calculations; simple plan drawing.

Text

Fryer, J,G, & Elfick, M,H, Elementary Surveying S.1. (Harper and Row 1986)

SURV1I2 SURVEYING 2 lOcp Plane table; contour surveys by stadia; detail surveys, route surveys, areas and volumes, horizontal curves, transition curves vertical curves. A brief history of surveying and surveYin~ instruments. A three~day series of field~work exercises fonn a compulsory component of this subject.

Text

Fryer, J.G. & Elfick, M.H.

Elementary Surveying S.1. (Harper and Row 1986)

SURV191 SURV192 SURV193

INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

5cp 5cp 5cp

These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part~time students only. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such subjects may be counted by part-time students as electives.

SURV213 SURVEYING 3 lOcp Precise levelling, barometric levelling, trigonometricallevelling, reciprocal levelling. Plane triangulation with Single-second theodolites. This subject includes a five-day survey camp.

SURV214 OPTICS AND MINING SURVEYING 5cp

Reflection and refraction at plane and curved surfaces. Prisms, thin lenses and spherical mirrors. Lens combinations, thick lenses. Aberrations, parabolic reflectors. Optical trains in surveying instruments, optical compensators, optical plumbing. Collimation techniques, lasers and holography. Underground surveying.

SURV215 ELECTRONIC DISTANCE 5cp MEASUREMENT

Revision of simple electrical circuits. Transformers, vacuum tubes, semi -conductordevices, amplifiers, oscillators, transducers, wave-shaping, logic circuits, scalers. Propagation of electromagnetic waves, modulation, phase measurement, principles of electronic distance measurement, study of E.D.M. systems, corrections to E.D.M.distances, electronic angle measurement and total station instruments. Global Positioning System. Inertial surveying systems.

SECfION EIOHr

Text

Burnside, C. D. ElectromagneticDistanceMeasurement2ndedn.(Granada 1982)

SURV233 SURVEY COMPUTATIONS 2 5cp

Plane trigonometrical formulae - calculation of triangles, areas, roadways, subdivisions. Use of calculators. Traverse computations, including offsets and missing data problems. Areas from co-ordinates. Transformations, resections and intersections - mathematical and semi-graphic. Spherical trigonometry - applications to survey problems.

SURV316 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYING 5cp

Tidal theory andtide gauging. Sounding. Lead-line,echo-sounder. Position fixing afloat. Ranging, angle methods, electromagnetic methods (hypeIbolic and circular), acoustic beacons, satellite positioning, integrated systems. Wire sweeps, side-scan sonar, multibeam sounders, sub-bottom profiling. Bathymetric data processing.

Text

ingham, A,E, Hydrography Jor the Surveyor and Engineer, 2nd edn (Granada 1984)

SURV334 ERROR THEORY 5cp

Revision and extension of error theory. Adjustment by least squares. Error ellipse calculations.

Text

Mikhail, E.M. & Gracie, G. Analysis and Adjustmenl of Survey Measuremenls (Van Nostrand 1981)

SURV351 GEODESY 1 lOcp

Historical development of geodesy. Ellipsoid and geoid, geodetic reference systems. Outline of physical geodesy. Differential geometry. Geometry of the ellipsoid, normal sections and the geodesic. Spherical excess, Legendre's Theorem. Polars and joins ontheellipsoid. Map projection theory, TransverseMercator projection, Australian Map Grid, NSW Integrated Surveys Grid. Geodetic surveys (horizontal control). Satellite position fixing, adjustment of figures and networks.

SURV361 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 1 lOcp

Stereoscopic vision - geometry of single aerial photograph -stereoscopic pairs - fundamental mathematical relationships - radial triangulation. Inner, relative and absolute orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras, physical properties of photographs.

Text

Wolf,P,R, Elemenls of Photogrammelry (McGraw-Hill 1974)

or

Moffit, F.H, and Mikhail, E.M. Photogrammetry 3rd edn (Harper and Row 1980)

SUR VEYINO SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

SURV362 REMOTE SENSING Scp

Introduction to sensing and sensors; sensor platfonns; ground­based, aerial and satellite; applications.

Text

As for SURV361

SURV393 LAND BOUNDARY DEFINITION lOcp

Cadastral surveysinN.S.W.SurveyingLaw. Torrens and Common law titles surveys and searches. Identification surveys. Field records and plans. A ten-day survey camp is acompulsory part of this subject.

Texts

Hallman, F. Legal Aspects oj Boundary Surveying as Apply in NSW (lnst. of Surveyors NSW 1973)

Willis, R.W, Notes on Survey Investigalions (The Land Titles Office)

SURV417 INDUSTRIAL AND OTHER lOcp SURVEYING

Review of statistics. Mechanical principles of instrument design, optical toollnginindustry, pointing accuracy theory. Construction project surveys, establishing control net and monitoring construction, such as dam defonnation surveys.

Texts

Richardus, P. Project Surveying (North Holland)

Manual of the NS.W. Integrated Survey Grid (NSW Department of Lands 1976)

SURV418 CONTROL NETWORKS Scp

Analysis of field procedures and design of surveys. Survey control for subdivision projects, integrated surveys.

Texts

Richardus, P. Project Surveying (North Holland)

Manual oj the N.S.W. Integrated Survey Grid (NSW Department of Lands 1976)

SURV44I ASTRONOMY IOcp

The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle - definitions, conventions and time. Latitude by circum-meridian methods. Longitude by ex-meridian methods. Azimuth by circum­elongation, circumpolar and sun observations. Position line methods.

Texts

Bennett, G.G. & Freislich, J.G. Field Astronomy for Surveyors (UNSWP 1979)

Mackie, J .B. Astronomy Jor Surveyors 8th edn (Griffin 1978)

87

Page 51: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION EIGIIT

SURV452 GEODESY 2 Scp

Least squares adjustment of control surveys: variance/covariance matrix, variance factor and weight coefficient matrix, elementary statistical testing of observations and adjusted values. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid, astro-geodetic levelling, ellipsoidal elevations, mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use in geodesy. methods for establishing a world geodetic system. Precise levelling.

Texts

Targe, W. Geodesy (de Groyter)

Mikhail. E.M. Observations and Least Squares (IEP)

SURV462 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 2 Scp

Photogrammetric orientation. Design principles and practical application of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and project planning - aerial mapping - aerial triangulation of strips.

Text

Wolf. P.R. Elements of Plwtogrammetry (McGraw-Hill 1974)

SURV463 ADVANCED CARTOGRAPHY Scp Cadastral systems. Land information systems. Evolution of the N.S.W. cadastre. Mapping - methods of preparing and reproducing line maps and other map products. Principles of automatic cartographic procedures, review of equipment examples of automated mapping.

SURV472 LAND VALUATION lOcp

General principles of urban and rural land valuation-unimproved and improved capital values - valuation of leasehold and freehold land - subdivisional value of land - valuation of buildings - relevant Acts and Regulations - N .S. W. Land and Valuation Court proceedings and decisions.

Texts

Hornby, D. AppraisalOne. (Jolyon 1976)

Murray, J.F.N. PrinciplesandPracticeofLandValuation (Commonwealth Inst. of Valuers 1974)

SURV473 TOWN PLANNING lOcp Review of historical plaruring concepts. Modem approaches to town plarming including legal aspects. Practical consideration in subdivision design. Environmental impact considerations.

SURV481 PROJECT lScp Either a minor research project involving aliterature review and! or analytical and/or experimental investigation.or a land studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for a specified purpose, investigation of title, zoning, site survey, environmental impact study, design for development.

88

SURVEYING SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

SURV498 SPECIAL TOPIC Scp

A contemporary topic in surveying approved by the Head of Department.

SURV499 SPECIAL TOPIC Scp A contemporary topic in surveying approved by the Head of Department.

SECTION NINE

SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

About This Section This section contains the details o/Ihe subjects offered by the deparlmentso/the Faculty o/Engineering together with subjects offered by departments of other faculties which are included in the course programs set out in Sections 5 and 7. The content descriptions 0/ the listed subjects are set out in Section 8.

Guide to Subject Detail Schedule Subject Codes

Each subject has been given a unique code (eg CIVL111). This code identifies the subject within the University's computer system and should be entered on each fonn dealing with subjects. The at pha section of the code indicates thedepartment responsible for offering the subject. Thefirstnumberin the code indicates the level at which the subject is offered (ie. 100,200,300,400 etc.) and, in the Faculty of Engineering, also indicates the W AM weighting of the subject. The latter two numbers usually indicate the sequence of a subject in a stream of subjects or within a course.

The departmental indicators included in this Handbook are listed in Section 8.

Credit Point Value

The credit point value of a subject thus indicates the workload of a subject as a proportion of a normal annual full-time program. Similarly. the credit point value of a subject indicates the proportion of the annual HECS liability which arises from enrolment in that subject. Further information on the meaning of credit points is given in the General Course Rulesand Injormationin Section 4.

In the 1990 Faculty Handbook, courses were expressed in terms of credit points where 48 credit points was considered to be the nonnal annual workload. During 1990 this policy was amended to provide for an 80 credit point annual workload for all courses in the consolidated university. This decision was implemented with effect in 1990 with the result that subjects indicated to have a credit point value of 3 in the 1990 handbook were deemed to have a credit point value of 5 and subjects indicated as 6cp were deemed to have a value of IOcp; and so on. The course program and subject details given in this handbook are expressed in the 80 credit point annual program fonnat.

Semester Offered

Subjects rnay be offered in Semester I, Semester 2, both Semester 1 and Semester 2 (ie. the subject is repeated) or over a full year. The indications given in the Schedule are accurate at the time of publication but students should check final arrangements in the University Timetable.

Prerequisites, Corequisites and Assumed Knowledge

The schedule lists the prerequisite, corequisite or assumed knowledge requirements of the subjects described in this Handbook.

The meaning of these terms are defmed in the relevant degree regulations.

The head of the department offering a subject (indicated by the subject code) may waive the prerequisite, corequisite or assumed knowledge requirements ofthat SUbject. Students should obtain any such waiver in writing on the forrn available from the School Office and submit the completed form attached to any request for variation of program.

89

Page 52: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION NINE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS SECTION NINE clva ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Schedule of AU Subjects Listed by the Department of Chemical Engineering Schedule of All Subjects Listed by the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying

Code Subject Name Credit Point Semester Prerequisites Corequlsltes (CR:) Code Subject Name Credit Point Semester Prerequisites Corequlsltes (CR:) Value Available Assumed Knowledge (AK:) Value AVailable Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

CHEEIIl Industrial Process Principles 5 I CHEEII2 Introduction to Chemical Engineering IO 2 CIVLIII Mechanics and SltUctures 5 Both 1 and 2 CHEEII3 Chemical and Manufacturing Processes IO 2 CIVLI31 Fluid Mechanics 1 5 2 CHEEI91 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time enrolment CIVLI91 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment CHEEI92 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time enrolment CIVLI92 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment CHEEI93 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time enrolment CIVLI93 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment CHEEI94 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-lime enrolment CIVLI94 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment CHEE241 Design Principles 10 I AK, CHEE113, MATHI02 CIVL212 Mechanics of Solids 5 I CIVLll I AK, MATHI02

'" orMATII112 CHEE113, MA1Hll2 CIVL213 Theory of Structures 1 5 2 CIVLlll AK, MATHI02

CHEE242 Chemical Engineering Computations 10 2 MA1HI02 orMATH112 or CIVL222 Materials 2 5 I AK, MECHI21 MATHll2 CIVL223 Materials 3 5 2 AK, CIVL222

CHEE263 Transfer Principles 1 10 CHEE112, MATHI02 CIVL224 Geotechnical Investigation IO 2 or CIVL232 Fluid Mechanics 2 5 I CIVLI31 AK, MATHI02 CHEE112, MATIIl12 or MATHl12

CHEE264 Transfer Principles 2 10 2 CHEE263 CIVL233 Fluid Mechanics 3 5 2 CIVL131 AK, CIVL232 CHEE281 Laboratory 1 5 I CR, CHEE263 CIVL241 Environmental Science 5 I CHEE282 Laboratory 2 10 2 CHEE281 CIVL251 Systems 5 2 MATHI02 CHEE301 * Selected Topic 5 Both 1 and 2 Pennission of H.D.D. or CHEE321 Modelling of Processes 5 I CHEE242, MA1H201, MA1H112

MATH202 CIVL271 Transportalion Engineering 10 CHEE332 Thennodynamics 10 I CHEM204 CIVL314 Theory of Structures 2 5 I CIVL213 AK, CIVL212 CHEE341 Project Engineering 10 I CHEE241 AK, CHEE263, CHEE264 CIVL315 Stress Analysis 5 I CIVL212 AK: CIVL213 CHEE342 Safety and Environment 10 2 CR,CHEE372 CIVL316 Structural Design 1 10 I CIVL212 AK: CIVL213 CHEE351 * Eleclrocbemislry and Corrosion 5 2 CHEM204 CIVL317 Structural Design 2 10 2 CIVL212 AK: CIVL316 CHEE352 * Transport Phenomena 5 CHEE263,CHEE264 CIVL325 Soil Mechanics 1 5 I AK, CIVL212 CHEE353 * Surface Otemistry 1 10 Not in 1991 CHEM204 CIVL326 Soil Mechanics 2 5 2 AK, CIVL325 CHEE354 * Biotechnology 5 Not in 1991 CHEE263,CJUEE264 CIVL327 Concrete and Metals Technology 5 2 AK, CIVL223 CHEE356 * Process Synthesis 5 2 CHEE242 CIVL334 Open Channel Hydraulics 5 1 CIVLl3l AK, CIVL232 CHEE357 * Fuel Technology 1 5 Not in 1991 CHEE263 CIVL342 Hydrology 5 2 AK, CIVL232, CIVL381 CHEE358 * Process Metallurgy 1 5 Not in 1991 CHEE264 CIVL352 Management 5 2 All Year I CHEE365 * InlrOduction to Mineral Processing 5 I CHEE263,CHEE264 CIVL381 Statistical Methods 5 MATIU020r AK: MECH205 or CHEE372 Separation Processes 10 2 CR,CHEE264 MATII1l2 SURV233 CHEE381 Engineering Application Laboratory 5 2 AK, CHEE241 CIVL382 Finite Element Methods 5 2 MECH205 CHEE382 Laboratory 3 5 I AK: IOcp at CHEE300 level CIVIAI0 * Dynamics and Stability of Structures 5 2 AK, CIVL314 CHEE383 Laboratory 4 5 2 CHEE382 CIVL418 Theory of Structures 3 5 I AK: CIVL314, CIVL317 CHEE40l * S~ialTopic 5 Both 1 and 2 Pennission of H.D.D. CIVIA19 * Masonry and Timber Design 5 2 AK, CIVL314, CIVL317 CHEE421 Process Control and Instrumentation 10 I CHEE321 CIVL428 Geotechnical Engineering 5 I AK: CIVL326 CHEE432 Kinetics and Reaction Engineering 10 I CHEE332 CIVIA29 * Rock Mechanics 5 I AK, CIVL326 CHEE451 * Surface Chemistry 2 5 Not in 1991 CHEE353 CIVL435 * River and Coastal Engineering 5 2 AK: CIVL334 CHEE452 * Mineral Processing 2 5 Not in 1991 CHEE365 CIVL443 Water Resources Engineering 5 I AK: CIVL251, CIVL342 CHEE453 • Process Optimization 5 2 CHEE372 CIVL453 Civil Engineering Design 1 15 I All Year III CHEE454 * Fuel Technology 2 5 Not in 1991 CHEE357 CIVL454 Civil Engineering Design 2 15 2 All Year III CHEE455 * Heat Transfer 5 Not in 1991 CHEE263,CHEE264 CIVL455 Project 15 Full year All Year III CHEE456 * Process Metallurgy 2 5 Not in 1991 CHEE258 CIVIA72 * Highway Engineering 5 2 AK, CIVL271 CHEE491 Seminar 5 Full year All Year III Subjects CIVIA91 * Special Topic 5 I Pennission of H.D.D. CHEFA95 Design Project 20 Full year All Year III Subjects CIVIA92 * Special Topic 5 2 Pennission of H.D.D. CHEE496 Advanced Design Project 10 Full year Pennission of H.O.D. CR,CHEE495 CHEE497 Research Project 20 Full year All Year III Subjects SURVIlI Surveying 1 10 I CHEE498 Advanced Research Project 10 Full year Pennission of H.O.D. CR,CHEE497 SURV112 Surveying 2 10 2 AK: SURV}11 CHEESII * Coal Combustion 10 Not in 1991 Postgraduate enrolment SURV191 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment CHEE512 * Coal Technology 10 Not in 1991 Postgraduate enrolment SURV192 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment CHEES13· Furnace Technology IO Not in 1991 Postgraduate enrolment SURVI93 Industrial Experience 5 Full year Part-time Enrolment

SURV213 Surveying 3 10 2 SURVlH, SURV1l2 T.B.D. = To be determined H.OD.:: Head of Department SURV214 Optics and Mining Surveying 5 I SURVlll, SURVll2

SURV215 Electronic Distance Measurement 5 I SURV111, SURV112 • Erective subjects. Not all elective subjects will be available in anyone year. A list of the elective subjects planned to be offered will be posted SURV233 Survey Computations 5 2 SURVlll, SURV112 AK, MECHI02 on the Departmental Notice Board in September of the previous year but the ability to offer elective subjects will depend on student demand. Students SURV316 Hydrographic Surveying 5 I SURVlll, SURV1l2 enrolled in elective subjects should check with the relevant Departmental Office in the first week of first semester to ensure that the elective subjects SURV334 Error Theory 5 I SURV213 AK:SURV233 they have chosen will be offered and, if necessary, fonnally vary their enrolment accordingly. SURV351 Geodesy 1 10 2 MATH201, MATH203

90 91

Page 53: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION NINE

Code

SURV361 SURV362 SURV393 SURV417 SURV418 SURV441 SURV452* SURV462* SURV463* SURV472 SURV473 SURV4S1 SURV49S* SURV499*

Subject Name

Photogrammetry 1 Remote Sensing Land Boundary Definition Industrial and Other Surveying Control Networks Astronomy Geodesy 2 Photogrammetry 2 Advanced Cartography Land Valuation Town Planning Project Special Topic Special Topic

T.B.D. = To be determined H.O.D. = Head of Department

Credit Point Value

10 5 10 10 5 10 5 5 5 10 10 15 5 5

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING SCHEDULE OF SUBJEcrs

Semester Prerequisites Corequlslles (CR:) Available Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

I All Year I 2 All Year I 2 SURV215 SURV334, SURV351 I SURV215, SURV334 I SURV215, SURV334 2 SURV213 I SURV351 I SURV361 I SURV361 2 All Year II

Full Year All Year II Full Year All Year III

I Pennission of RO.D. 2 Pennission of H.O.D.

* Elective subjects. Not all elective subjects will be available in anyone year. A list of the elective subjects planned to be offered will be posted on the Departmental Notice Board in September of the previous year but the ability to offer elective subjects will depend on student demand. Students enrolled in elective subjects should check with the relevant Departmenlal Office in the frrst week of first semester to ensure that the elective subjects they have chosen will be offered and, if necessary, formally vary their enrolment accordingly.

SECfION NINE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE SCHEDULE OF SUEJECTS

Schedule of AU Subjects Listed by the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science

Code Subject Name Credit Point Semester Prerequisites CorequlslleS (CR:) Value Avallable Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

COMPIOI Computer Science 1 20 Full Year COMPI02 Introduction to Programming 5 I COMP201 Advanced Data SbUctures 5 I COMPIOI or COMPI02 CR, MAlH212 COMP202 Computer Architecture 5 2 COMP203 COMP203 Assembly Language 5 I COMPI01 or COMPI02 COMP204 Programming Language Semantics 5 2 COMP205 COMP205 Programming in C 5 I COMPIOl or COMPI02 COMP206 Theory of Computation 5 2 MAnI212 COMP241 Cognitive Science 10 Full Year COMP299 Project 5 1,2 or Full Year Pennission ofH.O.D. COMPJOI Compiler Design 10 I C0MP201, COMP203,

C0MP204, COMP206 COMP302 Artificial Intelligence 10 2 COMPIOl or COMPI02 COMP303 Computer Networks 10 I COMP202 COMP304 Database Design 10 2 COMP201 COMP305 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 10 I COMP206 COMP306 t Computer Graphics 10 2 C0MP201, COMF205,

MAnI217 ('" MAnI218), MAnI216

COMPJ07 Software Engineering Principles 10 Full Year ** COMP201 COMPJ08 Operating Systems 10 2 C0MP201, COMP202 COMP391 Special Topic 1 10 2 YrITofBCompSc COMP401 * Advanced Artificial Intelligence 10 I PHIL242,COMPJ02 COMP402" Formal Semantics of Programming Lang. 10 2 PHIL242, MATIl212 COMP403 * Advanced Computer Architecture 10 2 COMP303, COMP30S CDMP404 * Parallel Computation and VLSI 10 COMPJ05 COMP405 * Digital Image Processing 10 COMP306 COMP406 * Advanced Operating Systems 10 Not in 1991 COMP308 COMP408 * Natural Language Processing 10 I COMP302 COMP409 * Advanced Compiler Design 10 I COMPJOI COMP41O * Advanced Computer Networks 10 2 COMPJ03 COMP411 * Special Topic A 10 I Permission of H.O.D. COMP412 * Special Topic B 10 2 Permission of H.O.D. COMP413 * Special Topic C 10 I Pennission ofH.O.D. COMP414 * Special Topic D 10 2 Pennission ofH.O.D. COMP425 Honours Project 20 Full Year Permission ofH.O.D. CDMP435 * Special Topic E 20 Full Year Pennission of H.O.D. COMP501 Master of Computing Project Part A 30 Full Year Pennission of H.O.D. COMP502 Master of Computing Project Part B 30 Full Year COMP501 COMP503 Master of Computing Project 60 Full Year Pennission of H.O.D.

ELEC130 Electrical Fngineering 1 10 Full Year ELEC170 Computer Engineering 1 10 Full Year ELECI92 Industrial Experience 5 Full Year Part-time enrolment ELEC193 Industrial Experience 5 Full Year Part-time enrolment ELEC194 Industrial Experience 5 Full Year Part-time enrolment ELEC195 Industrial Experience 5 Full Year Part-time enrolment ELEC197 Industrial Experience 10 Full Year Sandwicb enrolment ELEC211 E1eclrical Fnergy Conversion 5 2 ELEC130 ELEC220 Electronics 1 10 2 ELECI30, MAnI102 CR,MATIn03

'" ELECI30, MATIl112 CR:MATH217

ELEC230 Electrical Engineering 2 20 Full Year ELEC130, MATHI02 CR,MATHI03

'" ELEC130, MATH112 CR, MAlH217

ELEC310 Power Engineering 15 Full Year ELEC230 CR:MA1H206 ELEC320 EleclrOnics 2 15 Full Year ELEC220, ELEC230 ELEC350 Communications 10 Full Year ELEC230, MA 1H203 CR:MA1H206 ELEC370 Computer Engineering 2 20 Full Year ELECI70 ELEC380 Projecl/Directed Reading 5 Full Year Pennission of H.D.D.

93

Page 54: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECfION NINE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Code Subject Name Credit Point Semester Value Available

ELEC410· Advanced Power Engineering 10 Full Year ELEC420· Advanced Electronics 10 Full Year ELEC440· Advanced Control 10 Full Year ELEC441* Control System Design and Management 10 Full Year ELEC450· Advanced Communications 10 Full Year ELEC460· Computer Software 10 Full Year ELEe470· Computer Systems 10 Full Year ELEC480 Electrical Engineering Project and Seminar 30 Full Year ELEC485 Computer Engineering Project and Seminar 30 Full Year

ELEC543 '" Optimization Techniques 5 Nolin 1991 ELEC544 '" Linear Systems Theory 5 Not in 1991 ELEC54S* Nonlinear Systems Analysis 5 Not in 1991 ELEC546 * Topics in System Design 1 5 Not in 1991 ELEC547 * Topics in System Design 2 5 Not in 1991 ELEC552* Advanced Digital Signal Prvcessing 5 I ELEC571 Computer and Electronics Seminar 1 5 Not in 1991 ELEC572 Computer and Electronics Seminar 2 5 Not in 1991 ELEC573 Computer and Electronics Seminar 3 5 Not in 1991 ELECS81 Project 30 Full Year ELECS82 Project 40 Full Year ELECS91 * Systems and Control Seminar 1 5 Not in 1991 ELEC592* Systems and Control Seminar 2 5 Not in 1991 ELECS93 * Systems and Control Seminar 3 5 Not in 1991 ELEC641 * Adaptive Control 5 Notin 1991 ELEC642* Estimation and System Identification 5 Not in 1991 ELEC643· Nonlinear Control 5 Not in 1991 ELEC645· Advanced Topics in Control 5 Not in 1991 ELEC646· Advanced Topics in System Theory 1 5 Not in 1991 ELEC647· Advanced Topics in System Theory 2 5 Not in 1991 ELEC661· Computer Networks 5 Not in 1991 ELEC662· Advanced Topics in Computers 5 2

T.BD.=To bedetennined HO.D. = Head of Department

Prerequisites

ELEC310 ELEC320 MECH361 MECH361 ELEC350 ELEC370 ELEC370 Completion of Year ill Completion of Year ill ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME 01' PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment Enrolment in MEngSc Enrolment in MEngSc ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment ME or PhD Enrolment

Corequlsltes (CR:) Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

* Electiye subjects. Not all elective subjects will be available in anyone year. A list of the elective subjects planned to be offered will be posted on the Departmental Notice Board in September of the previous year but the ability to offer elective subjects will depend on student demand. Students enrolled in elective subjects should check with the relevantDepartmental Office in the flrst week offlrst semester to ensure that the elective subjects th~ have chosen will be offered and. if necessary, formally vary their enrolment accordingly.

•• C0MP307 requires attendance at lectures in Semester 1 and completion of a project report in Semester 2.

t COMP306 may not be available in 1991 in which case students will take C0MP391 or an alternative subject approved by the Course Coordinator.

94

SECfION NINE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Schedule of AU Subjects Listed by the Department of Mechanical Engineering

Code Subject Name

MECHI01 Introduction to Engineering MECHIW ~~wnming MECH103 Engineering Chemistry MECHll1 Engineering Drawing MECH121 Materials 1 MECH191 Industrial Experience MECH192 Industrial Experience MECH193 Industrial Experience MECHZ04 Experimental Methods 1 MECHZOS Engineering Computations

MECHZ13 Mechanical Engineering Design 1 MECH222 Materials 2 MECH232 Dynamics

MECH241 Mechanics of Solids 1

MECH2S1 Fluid Mechanics 1

MECHZ71 Thennodynamics 1

J\.ffiCH304 Experimental Methods 2 MECH30S· Advanced Numerical Pro~amming J\.ffiCH309* Noise Pollution and Control J\.ffiCH314 Mechanical Engineering Design 2 MECH315· Computer Aided Design MECH316· Finite Element Methods in Design J\.ffiCH317 * Bulk: Materials Handling 1 MECH318· Conveying of Bulk: Solids MECH323 Materials 3 J\.ffiCH324 • Ceramic Science and Technology MECH325 • Polymer Science and Technology MECH326 • Fabrication of Metals MECH333 Dynamics of Machines J\.ffiCH342 Mechanics of Solids 2 MECH352 Fluid Mechanics 2 MECH361 Automatic Control MECH372 Heat Transfer 1 J\.ffiCH373 Thennodynamics 2 MECH381 Methods Engineering MECH382 Engineering Administration MECH383 Quality Engineering MECH384 Engineering Economics 1 MECH386 Computer Aided Manufacturing J\.ffiCH387 Operations Research 1 MECH388 Operations Research 2 MECH405 • Compulation of Turbulent Flows MECH407 * Environmental Engineering MECH409 * Vibration and Noise Problems MECH412· Bulk: Materials Handling 2 J\.ffiCH415 • Mechanical Engineering Design 3 MECH419· Maintenance Engineering J\.ffiCH421 • Composites in Engineering J\.ffiCH43 1 Robotics J\.ffiCH453 * Introduction to Turbulence

Credit Point Semester Value Available

5 Full Year 5 land2 5 2 5 1 and 2 5 1 and 2 5 Full Year 5 Full Year 5 Full Year 5 I 5 2

15 5 \0

5

5

5

10 5 5 15 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5

Full Year 2

Full Year

2

Full Year Not in 1991

2 Full Year

2 2 I 2 I 2 I I I 2 I

Full Year 2 2 I 2 2 I 2 I 2

Not in 1991 I I

Full Year 2 2 2 2

Prerequisites Corequlsl1es (CR:) Assumed. Knowledge (AK:)

Part Time Enrolment Part Time Enrolment Part Time Enrolment MATIl111 MATIlI02 AK, MATH201

'" MATIlI12 CrvLIII,~C1II11

MATIlI02

'" MATIlI12 CrvLI11

MATIil02

'" MATIlI12 MATIl102

'" MATIl112 MECH204 MECH205 MECH232 MECH213 MECH213 MECH213, MECH24I MECH241 MECH232 J\.ffiCH241 MECHI21 MECH121 MECH121 MECH232 MECH241 MECH25I MATIl203 MECH25I MECH271

STAT205

MECH305 All Year ill subjects MECID09 MECH317 MECIDI4 All Year III subjeclS MECID23

MECID52

AK, MATH201 CR,MECH241 AK, MEC1II21, MECHi03 AK, PHYSI02,CIVLI11

AK, PHYSI02,CIVLUI AK:MATHI02 or MATH112

AK: PHYSI02

AK,PHYSI02 AK, PHYSI02

AK, PHYSI02

AK, MECH333

AK, MATIl201 AK, MATH203

CR, MECH361, AK, 213 AK, MATH201 AK, STAT205

CR: MECH361

95

Page 55: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION NINE

Code Subject Name

MECH473 * Thermodynamics 3 MECH474. Heat Transfer 2 MECH484 Engineering Economics 2 MECH485 Production Scheduling MECH496 Project/Seminar

MECH497 • Project/Directed Reading MECH498· Project/Directed Reading MECH596 Project MECH597 Project MECH598 Project

T.B.D. == To be determined H.O.D. = Head of Department

Credit Point Value

5 5 5 5

25

5 10 30 35 40

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Semester Prerequisites COl'f:qulsltes (CR:) Available Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

Not in 1991 MECII373 Not in 1991 MECII372

I MECH384

Full Year All Year m subjects or Permission oCH.O.D

Full Year Permission oCH.O.D. Full Year Permission oCH.O.D. Full Year Permission oCH.O.D. Full Year Permission of H.O.D. Full Year Permission of aD.D.

• Erective subjects. Not all elective subjects will be available in anyone year. A list of the elective. subjec~ pl~ed to be offered will be posted on the Departmental Notice Board in September of the previous year but the ability to offer e!ecllve subjects will depend on student demand. Swdents enrolled in elective subjects should check with the relevant Departmental <?ffice m the rtrst w~ of first semester to ensure that the elective subjects they have chosen will be offered and, if necessary. formally vary thetr enrolment accordmgly.

96

SECTION NINE OTHER FACULTY SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS

Schedule of Selected Subjects Listed by Departments Outside the Faculty of Engineering The list below contains only those subjects which are compulsory or recommended elective choices for courses offered in the Facu1ty of Engineering. For the details of other subjects which may be chosen aselectives, please consult the Handbook of the relevantFaculty. Note that the prerequisite and corequisite requirements of subjects listed in other Handbooks relate to the courses offered in that other Facu1ty. Students who do not meet the prescribed prerequisites for a particular elective subject but believe that they have a suitable background to attempt thai. subject. should consult the Head of the Deparbnentoffering the subject. obtain written permission to enrol and submit it with the Variation of Programme Form requesting addition of the subject.

Code SUbject Name

CHEM101 Chemistry 101 CHEMI02 Chemistry 102 CHEM241 Physical Chemistry

COMMIOI Financial Accounting Fundamentals

COMMI02 Financial Management Fundamentals

ECON101 Economics I ECON371 Principles of Economics

GERlll German Language Revision

GER113 Business German

INFOlO1 Inlroduction to Infonnation Systems INFOl02 Information Storage and Management INF0202 Analysis of Information Systems

INF0203 Information Systems Design

INF0204 Commercial Programming

LAWI01 Foundations of Law LAW291 Legal Process LAW292 Property and Survey Law

MA1HI02 Mathematics 102

MA1HI03 Mathematics 103

MA1Hlll Mathematics 111

MA1H112 Mathematics 112

MATII201 Multivariable Calculus

MA nI202 Partial Differential Equations 1

Credit Point Semester Value AvaJlable

10 10 10

10

10

20 10

5

5

10 10 10

10

10

10 5 5

10

I 2 2

2

Full Year I

I 2 I

2

I I 2

PrerequisItes

CHEMI02

Fu1filment of BCorn. entry requirements COMM101

Satisfactory performance in HSC Gennan or its equivalent

GERI20 or knowledge of German language and approval of H.o.D.

INFOIOI INFOIOI

Corequlsltes (CR:) Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

CR: GERlll or demonstrated competence in German Language

(or CDMPIOI prior to 1991) INFOI02 and INF0202 (or COMPIOI prior to 1991 and INF0202) COMP101 and INFOI02 -(or COMPlOl prior to 1991)

LAW291

AK: At least 120/150 in 3u HSC Mathematics

10 2 AK: At least 120/150 in 3u HSC Mathematics

10 Botbland2 AK:Atleast67!100 in 2u HSC Mathematics

10 Both 1 and 2 MA1Hlll

5

5 2

MA1HI02. MA1HI03 or MA1H112 or MATIII02 and permission of H.D.D.

MAlHI02. MA1HI03 CR: MATII203 or MA1H112 or MAlHI02and permission of H.D.D.

CR, MA1H203

CR, MA TII203

97

Page 56: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

SECTION NINE OrnER FACULTY SCHEDULE OF SUBlEcrs

Code Subject Name Credit Point Semester Prerequisites Corequlsltes (CR:) Value Available Assumed Knowledge (AK:)

MA1H203 Ordinary Differential Equations 1 5 2 MAnU02, MAnU03

'" MATIl112

'" MATIlI02 and permission of H.O.D.

MA1H206 Complex Analysis 1 5 MATIlI02 CR,MATH201

'" MATIl112 CR,MATH2Ol

MA1H212 Disaete Mathematics 5 MA1HI02or MAnU03 or MATIl112

MA1H215 Operations Research 5 2 MATIU020r MATIU030r MATIl112

MATIl216 Numerical Analysis 5 2 MATIlI02, MATIlI03

'" MA TIl112, COMPIOI

MATIl217 Linear Algebra 1 5 MATIII020r MAnI1l2

MATIl218 Linear Algebra 2 5 MAlHI02, MATHI03

MNGT203 Foundations of Management 10 I At least 70cp completed MNGT2Q4 Principles of Marketing 10 2 MNGT203 MNGT309 Commercial Programming 10 Postgraduate enrolment

or permission ofH.O.D MNGT503 Computing and Information Systems 10 Postgraduate enrolment

or permission ofH.O.D MNGT511 Management Information Systems 10 2 MNGT503 or MNGTS12 MNGT512 Systems Analysis 10 I Postgraduate enrolment

or permission ofH.O.O. MNGT513 Systems Design 10 2 MNGT512

PHll..I01 Introduction to Philosophy 20 Pull Year PIill242 B~ic Symbolic Logic 5 2 PHlL391 Technology and Human Values 1 10 Full Year PHIL392'· Technology and Human Values 2 10 Pull Year

PHYSIOI Physics 1m 10 AK: At least 67/100 in 2u HSC Mathematics

PHYSI02 Physics 102 10 Both 1 and 2 AK, Morl< of120/150 in 3u HSC Mathematics (or MATIl111) and 67/100 in 2u Physics (orPHYSIOl)

PHYSI03 Pbysics 103 10 2 PHYSI02 PHYS201 Quanrum Mechanics and Electromagnetics 10 I MATIlI02, PHYSI03

or MATIlll2,PHYSlO3

PSYCIOI Psychology Introduction 1 10 I PSYClO2 Psychology Introduction 2 10 2 PSYCIOI

STAT203 Queues and Simulation 5 MATIU020r MA1H112

STAT205 Engineering Statistics 5 MATIlI020r MATIl1l2

• Erective subject - may not be offered . 98

Page 57: FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK collections/pdf... · Faculty of Engineering Handbook Faculty of Medicine Handbook Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Administration & Technology,

, , , ;-->-'--- --

" "" ,., 2(10 250

metrH ~ l __ ""-C'\~: -Z~ ~,-__ ..... <J-:.~..,C). v ,:..('"'

{;~ ,;~~,:, ~(~);,;:" ;,-,/" _<:! ... ::: < C~ ;.a.,.~ .:~~: I' - '3-¥ ''\ .

_-I.nar\(. "Ao",\ ~,"-.. ~

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE CAMPUS MAP

SITE GUIDE by BUILDING NUMBER K Medical ScIences

L Aucbmuty Library

A McMullin LO Lecturers' Omces Administr-.ion, Arts. Cashier, M Aviation COOlpuliDg Ceo ... , EEO -MaIntenance Worksbop StudeDt Administralion N Arcbltecture & Building

AE Aborl&lnal Education Centre P Drama Theatre

AN Central AnImal House PO Postomce

AS Central Animal store Q Drama Studio

AT Art R Social Sdences

B Ledure Tbeotre B01 RW Richardson Wine

BC Basketball Courts SB ScIeD(e Building·

C GeoIO&)' SC Aucbmuty Sports Centre

CB Commonwultb Bank SE Spedal Education Centre

CCK Child Care C .. tre (KI-> SH Staft'House CCW CblkI Care Ceotre (Wonnayba) SP Sports Pavilion

CE CeramiCS Squash Courts, Oval No.2

CG C_ GIII'II&" SW Sculpture Worksbops

CT Computa' Teaeblne: TA Tonra Annexe

D Pbyslcs TB Temporary Buildings

E Ledure 1'belltre EOI C..eers &: Student Employment

EA Eogineerlna Administration Chaplains, Sport &: ReaeabOIl

EB Chemical" Materials Engloeerlng Student Accomtnodation

EC Mechanical Enllneerlna; TC Tennis Courts

ED CMI EogineertDl & Sunoeytog TG Tractor Garage

EE Electrical &: Computer Engineering TH Tbe Hunter Technology

EF EogIoeerlna; Classrooms Development Centre

EG Bulk Solids Enelneerlng UC University Central Administration·

ES D.W. Georee Bulkllng UH Union - Hunter

G Cbemlsti"y US Union - Shortland

GOT Grtmth Duncan Theatre Co-op Bookshop, Credit Union

GH G<eaIHaiI V Mathematics

GY Gymnasium Community Programmes H Basden Theatre HOI Radio station 2NUR-FM

HA Edwards Hall VA Visual Arts

HH Hunter Building W Behavioural SdenteS Administralion. Cashier WB Westpac:Bank Huxley Library WR Wardens Residence (Edwards Hall) Iofonnal.ion .md Public Rei &tims

I Medical ScIences Lecture Theatre IC202

IA International House

J Biologleai ScIences JA EvatlHouse

• Bulldlogs sbon wltb a dotted outlloe are proposed or under construction.

\ SpOrtstield 3

//~

/ "

, ,

, , , , , , ---

INDEX

C ALPHABETICAL LOCATION GUIDE Geology GH GHalHan Aborl&lnal Educa1lon Centre AE Grlmtb Duncan Theatre GDT Administration in McMullin A Infbrmation & Public RelaUons in

Administration in Hunter HH Hunter Building HH Animal Ho~entral AN InternaUonal House IA

Art AT K202 Medical SdeDCes

Arts in McMullin A Lecture TbeaIre I Arcbltecture & Building N LIbrary - Aucbmuty L

Aviation M LIbrary - Huley in Hunter Building HH Basden Theatre HOI H McMullin A Bebavloural ScIences W Mathematics V Bkdoelcal ScIences J Mechanical Engineering EC BOI Let\Ul"t Theatre B Medical ScIences K Bulk Solids Engineering EG Pb,slcs D Careers &: Student Postomce PO

Employment in Temp. Bldgs TB Radio Stallon lNUR·FM Cabler in Hunter HH in Mathematics V Cabler in McMullin A Rlcbardson Wing RW

Ceramics CE Sculpture Worksbops SW Cbaplalns in Temp. Bldgs TB Special Education Centre SE Cbemlcal " Materials Eng. EB Sports Centre-Aucbmuty SC Cbemlsti"y G Sports pavilion SP Cblld Care Centre (Kintaiba) CCK Sport" Recreation in Temp. Bldgs TB Cblld Care Centre (Wonnayba) CCW Staft'House SH CIvil Eng. &: Surveying ED Student Accommodation in

Commonwealtb Bank CB Temporary Buildings TB Community procrammes in Student Administration in McMullin A

Malbematics V Tbe Hunter Technology Computing Centre in McMu11in A Development Centre TH Computer Teacblng Building CT Temporary Bulldlnp TB Co-op Booksbop in Shortland Union US Tennis Courts TC Drama Studio

Q Tunra Annexe TA Drama Theatre P Union - Hunter UH D.W. Geor&e Building ES Union - Sbortland US Edwards Hall HA Universities Credit Union in

EEO in McMullin A Sbortland Unioo. US EIectl1caI "Computer Eng. EE VIsual Arts VA Engloeertne Administration EA

WesIpa< Bank we Englneerfdl; Classrooms EF EOI Lecture Tbeatre E Evatt House JA